Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 28009:190143c77ae3
*** empty log message ***
author | Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 06 Mar 2000 10:24:37 +0000 |
parents | e06c6af9d981 |
children | 30c2ad45d57b |
rev | line source |
---|---|
27321 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads |
2 ;; | |
3 ;;; Code: | |
25876 | 4 |
25998 | 5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566)) | |
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el | |
9 | |
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
11 Play 5x5. | |
12 | |
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
14 squares you must fill the grid. | |
15 | |
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
17 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
19 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
20 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
21 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
22 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
30 | |
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
33 | |
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
36 | |
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
39 | |
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
42 mutating the result." t nil) | |
43 | |
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
46 | |
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
51 | |
52 ;;;*** | |
53 | |
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
26724 | 55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474)) |
25876 | 56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
57 | |
25998 | 58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
26724 | 59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
61 extensions. | |
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
63 name" nil nil) | |
25998 | 64 |
25876 | 65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
67 | |
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
69 | |
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
72 | |
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
75 | |
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
78 | |
25998 | 79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 80 |
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
83 | |
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
86 | |
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
92 | |
93 If you use imenu.el: | |
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
95 | |
96 If you use find-file.el: | |
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 102 |
103 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
25998 | 106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil) |
107 | |
108 ;;;*** | |
109 | |
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
26724 | 111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651)) |
25998 | 112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
113 | |
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 116 |
117 ;;;*** | |
118 | |
27321 | 119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode |
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log | |
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) | |
27949 | 122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14525 5303)) |
25876 | 123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
124 | |
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
27321 | 127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") |
25876 | 128 |
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
132 | |
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
135 | |
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
138 | |
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
143 | |
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
147 | |
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil) | |
150 | |
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today. | |
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
154 name and site. | |
155 | |
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'. | |
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | |
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | |
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
161 | |
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | |
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
164 | |
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today. | |
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
168 name and site. | |
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log. | |
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'. | |
171 | |
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil) | |
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | |
174 | |
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
181 | |
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
184 | |
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
187 | |
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
190 | |
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
193 | |
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
195 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran. | |
196 | |
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
27321 | 199 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variables |
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and | |
201 `add-log-current-defun-function' | |
25876 | 202 |
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
204 | |
27321 | 205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ |
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | |
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | |
208 the appropriate motion commands). | |
209 | |
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order. | |
211 | |
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported, | |
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging | |
214 with an empty log." t nil) | |
215 | |
25876 | 216 ;;;*** |
217 | |
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
26724 | 219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410 |
220 ;;;;;; 19111)) | |
25876 | 221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
222 | |
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
232 interpreted as `error'.") | |
233 | |
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
26724 | 239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
25876 | 241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
242 | |
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
25876 | 245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
251 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
26724 | 252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
25876 | 253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
254 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
255 | |
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
25876 | 258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
259 | |
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
262 BODY... ) | |
263 | |
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
268 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
271 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
278 | |
279 Semantics of the various flags: | |
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
283 | |
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
286 | |
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
288 advised function should be compiled. | |
289 | |
26724 | 290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
25876 | 291 during activation until somebody enables it. |
292 | |
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
297 | |
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
303 during preloading. | |
304 | |
26724 | 305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
25876 | 306 |
307 ;;;*** | |
308 | |
27327 | 309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current |
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463 | |
311 ;;;;;; 7197)) | |
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el | |
313 | |
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | |
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | |
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | |
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | |
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | |
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | |
320 rule's `separate' attribute). | |
321 | |
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | |
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | |
324 `separate' attribute set. | |
325 | |
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | |
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | |
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | |
329 on the format of these lists." t nil) | |
330 | |
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | |
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | |
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | |
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | |
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | |
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | |
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | |
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | |
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | |
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | |
341 options. | |
342 | |
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | |
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | |
345 | |
346 Fred (123) 456-7890 | |
347 Alice (123) 456-7890 | |
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | |
349 Joe (123) 456-7890 | |
350 | |
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | |
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | |
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil) | |
354 | |
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | |
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | |
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | |
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | |
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | |
360 align that section." t nil) | |
361 | |
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | |
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section. | |
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | |
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | |
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | |
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | |
368 been used to align that section." t nil) | |
369 | |
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | |
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | |
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | |
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | |
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | |
376 to be colored." t nil) | |
377 | |
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil) | |
380 | |
381 ;;;*** | |
382 | |
25876 | 383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" |
27949 | 384 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14488 16438)) |
25876 | 385 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el |
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) | |
387 | |
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
394 | |
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
396 | |
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
398 | |
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
400 | |
401 ;;;*** | |
402 | |
26724 | 403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" |
27016 | 404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774)) |
26724 | 405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
406 | |
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
410 | |
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
414 | |
415 ;;;*** | |
416 | |
25876 | 417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
27949 | 420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14517 9487)) |
25876 | 421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
422 | |
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
426 as the first thing on a line.") | |
427 | |
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
430 | |
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
433 | |
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
436 | |
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
439 | |
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
442 | |
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
445 | |
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
449 | |
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
451 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE. | |
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) | |
453 | |
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
456 | |
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil) | |
458 | |
459 ;;;*** | |
460 | |
461 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
26724 | 462 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411 |
27321 | 463 ;;;;;; 43647)) |
25876 | 464 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
465 | |
26724 | 466 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
467 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
468 | |
469 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
470 | |
25876 | 471 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
472 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
473 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
474 normal variables." t nil) | |
475 | |
476 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
477 | |
478 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
479 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP. | |
480 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
481 noninteractive functions. | |
482 | |
483 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
484 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
485 | |
486 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
487 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP. | |
488 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound | |
489 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming. | |
490 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
491 | |
492 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
493 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP. | |
494 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
495 at the function and at the names and values of properties. | |
496 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
497 | |
498 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
499 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP. | |
500 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
501 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key | |
502 bindings. | |
503 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
504 | |
505 ;;;*** | |
506 | |
27321 | 507 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14447 |
508 ;;;;;; 15307)) | |
25876 | 509 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
510 | |
511 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
512 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
513 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
514 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
515 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
516 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
517 | |
518 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
519 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
520 archive. | |
521 | |
522 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
523 | |
524 ;;;*** | |
525 | |
27321 | 526 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616)) |
25876 | 527 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
528 | |
529 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
530 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
531 | |
532 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
533 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
534 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
535 | |
27321 | 536 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. |
25876 | 537 |
538 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
27321 | 539 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, |
25876 | 540 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. |
541 | |
542 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
543 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
544 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
545 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
546 The variables are: | |
547 | |
548 Variables you assign: | |
27321 | 549 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. |
550 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
551 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
552 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
553 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
25876 | 554 row numbers in the buffer. |
555 | |
556 Variables which are calculated: | |
27321 | 557 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. |
558 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
25876 | 559 |
560 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
561 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
562 | |
563 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
564 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
565 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
566 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
567 | |
568 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
569 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
570 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
571 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
572 | |
573 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
574 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
575 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
576 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
577 | |
578 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
579 between that of point and mark. | |
580 | |
581 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
582 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
583 | |
584 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
585 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
586 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
587 newlines inside rows) | |
588 | |
589 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
590 | |
591 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
592 | |
593 ;;;*** | |
594 | |
25998 | 595 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286 |
596 ;;;;;; 393)) | |
25876 | 597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
598 | |
599 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
600 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
601 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
602 | |
603 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
604 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
605 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
606 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
607 | |
608 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
609 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
610 | |
611 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
612 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
613 | |
614 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
615 | |
616 Special commands: | |
617 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
618 " t nil) | |
619 | |
620 ;;;*** | |
621 | |
622 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el" | |
27949 | 623 ;;;;;; (14516 149)) |
25876 | 624 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el |
625 | |
626 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 627 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 628 |
629 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 630 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 631 |
632 ;;;*** | |
633 | |
634 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) | |
26724 | 635 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 636 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
637 | |
638 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
639 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil. | |
640 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) | |
641 | |
642 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
643 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
644 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
645 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
646 | |
647 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ | |
26724 | 648 Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
649 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
650 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
651 | |
652 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
25876 | 653 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
654 | |
655 ;;;*** | |
656 | |
657 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
658 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
26724 | 659 ;;;;;; (14398 37513)) |
25876 | 660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
661 | |
662 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
663 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
664 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil) | |
665 | |
666 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
667 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
668 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
669 | |
670 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
671 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
672 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
673 | |
674 ;;;*** | |
675 | |
676 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
27949 | 677 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" |
678 ;;;;;; (14495 17959)) | |
25876 | 679 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
680 | |
25998 | 681 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
682 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
683 | |
684 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
685 instead.") | |
686 | |
27949 | 687 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
688 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change. | |
689 | |
690 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the | |
691 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | |
692 | |
693 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
694 | |
695 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert)) | |
696 | |
25876 | 697 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
698 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
699 | |
700 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
701 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
702 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
703 | |
704 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
705 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
706 | |
707 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
708 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
709 | |
710 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
711 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
712 | |
713 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
714 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
715 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
716 | |
717 ;;;*** | |
718 | |
25998 | 719 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263 |
720 ;;;;;; 35271)) | |
25876 | 721 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
722 | |
723 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ | |
724 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
725 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
726 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
727 | |
728 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish' | |
729 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated | |
730 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
731 | |
732 Effects of the different modes: | |
733 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. | |
734 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
735 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
736 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
737 a random distance & direction. | |
738 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
739 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
740 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
741 | |
742 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
743 | |
744 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
745 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
746 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
747 | |
748 ;;;*** | |
749 | |
750 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549 | |
25998 | 751 ;;;;;; 39413)) |
25876 | 752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
753 | |
754 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
755 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
756 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses | |
757 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing | |
758 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. | |
759 | |
760 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook' | |
761 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
762 | |
763 ;;;*** | |
764 | |
765 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
27321 | 766 ;;;;;; (14455 30228)) |
25876 | 767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
768 | |
769 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
770 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
771 | |
772 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
773 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
774 | |
775 For example: | |
776 | |
777 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
778 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
779 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
780 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
781 | |
782 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
783 | |
784 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
785 | |
786 ;;;*** | |
787 | |
788 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
27321 | 789 ;;;;;; (14422 6418)) |
25876 | 790 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
791 | |
792 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
793 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
26899 | 794 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 795 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
796 | |
797 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
798 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
799 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables | |
800 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. | |
801 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
802 seconds." t nil) | |
803 | |
804 ;;;*** | |
805 | |
27949 | 806 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504 |
807 ;;;;;; 9460)) | |
25876 | 808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
809 | |
810 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
811 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
812 | |
813 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
814 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
815 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
816 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
817 message. | |
818 | |
819 | |
820 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
821 | |
822 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
823 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
824 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
825 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
826 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
827 | |
828 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
829 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
830 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
831 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
832 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
833 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
834 | |
835 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
836 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
837 BibTeX mode. | |
838 | |
839 | |
840 Special information: | |
841 | |
842 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
843 | |
844 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
845 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
846 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
847 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
848 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
849 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
850 current field. | |
851 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
852 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
853 | |
854 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
855 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
856 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
857 bibtex-entry-format. | |
858 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
859 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
860 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
861 | |
862 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
863 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
864 | |
865 The following may be of interest as well: | |
866 | |
867 Functions: | |
868 bibtex-entry | |
869 bibtex-kill-entry | |
870 bibtex-yank-pop | |
871 bibtex-pop-previous | |
872 bibtex-pop-next | |
873 bibtex-complete-string | |
874 bibtex-complete-key | |
875 bibtex-print-help-message | |
876 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
877 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
878 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
879 bibtex-reposition-window | |
880 bibtex-mark-entry | |
881 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
882 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
883 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
884 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
885 bibtex-validate | |
886 bibtex-count | |
887 bibtex-fill-entry | |
888 bibtex-reformat | |
889 bibtex-convert-alien | |
890 | |
891 Variables: | |
892 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
893 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
894 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
895 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
896 bibtex-entry-format | |
897 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
898 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
899 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
900 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
901 bibtex-string-files | |
902 | |
903 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
904 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
905 non-nil. | |
906 | |
907 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
908 | |
909 ;;;*** | |
910 | |
911 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 912 ;;;;;; 27947)) |
25876 | 913 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
914 | |
915 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
916 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
917 the default is 4. | |
918 | |
919 What is blackbox? | |
920 | |
921 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
922 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
923 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
924 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
925 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
926 your score. | |
927 | |
928 Overview of play: | |
929 | |
930 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
931 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
932 four. | |
933 | |
934 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
935 movement keys. | |
936 | |
937 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
938 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
939 | |
940 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
941 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
942 | |
943 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
944 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
945 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
946 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
947 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
948 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
949 | |
950 Details: | |
951 | |
952 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
953 | |
954 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
955 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
956 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
957 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
958 | |
959 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
960 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
961 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
962 | |
963 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
964 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
965 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
966 | |
967 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
968 example. | |
969 | |
970 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
971 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
972 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
973 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
974 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
975 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
976 ray. | |
977 | |
978 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
979 degree deflection it causes. | |
980 | |
981 1 | |
982 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
983 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
984 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
985 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
986 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
987 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
988 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
989 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
990 2 3 | |
991 | |
992 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
993 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
994 | |
995 | |
996 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
997 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
998 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
999 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
1000 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1001 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1002 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1003 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1004 | |
1005 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
1006 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
1007 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
1008 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
1009 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
1010 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
1011 emerging from the box. | |
1012 | |
1013 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
1014 | |
1015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1016 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
1017 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
1018 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
1019 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
1020 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1021 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1022 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1023 | |
1024 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
1025 a reflection." t nil) | |
1026 | |
1027 ;;;*** | |
1028 | |
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
1030 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
1031 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
1032 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
1033 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
26963 | 1034 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14419 37278)) |
25876 | 1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
1036 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1037 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
1038 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
1039 | |
1040 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
1041 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
1042 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
1043 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
1044 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
1045 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
1046 | |
1047 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1048 | |
1049 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1050 | |
1051 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1052 | |
1053 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1054 | |
1055 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1056 | |
1057 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1058 | |
1059 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1060 | |
1061 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1062 | |
1063 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1064 | |
1065 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1066 | |
1067 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1068 | |
1069 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1070 | |
1071 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1072 | |
1073 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save))))) | |
1074 | |
1075 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1076 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1077 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1078 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1079 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1080 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1081 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1082 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1083 recent one. | |
1084 | |
1085 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1086 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1087 yank successive words. | |
1088 | |
1089 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1090 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1091 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1092 name of the file being visited. | |
1093 | |
1094 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1095 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1096 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1097 | |
1098 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1099 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1100 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1101 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1102 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1103 this. | |
1104 | |
1105 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1106 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1107 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1108 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1109 | |
1110 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1111 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1112 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1113 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1114 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1115 | |
1116 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1117 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1118 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1119 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1120 | |
1121 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1122 | |
1123 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1124 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1125 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1126 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1127 | |
1128 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1129 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1130 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1131 | |
1132 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1133 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1134 name." t nil) | |
1135 | |
1136 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1137 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1138 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1139 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1140 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1141 this." t nil) | |
1142 | |
1143 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1144 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. | |
1145 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1146 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1147 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1148 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1149 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1150 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1151 | |
1152 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1153 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1154 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1155 | |
1156 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1157 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1158 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1159 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1160 \(second argument). | |
1161 | |
1162 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1163 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1164 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1165 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1166 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1167 | |
1168 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1169 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1170 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1171 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1172 | |
1173 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1174 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1175 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1176 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1177 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1178 while loading. | |
1179 | |
1180 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1181 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1182 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1183 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1184 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1185 explicitly. | |
1186 | |
1187 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1188 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1189 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1190 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1191 | |
1192 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1193 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1194 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1195 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1196 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1197 | |
1198 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1199 | |
1200 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1201 | |
1202 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1203 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1204 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1205 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1206 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1207 this. | |
1208 | |
1209 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1210 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1211 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1212 | |
1213 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1214 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1215 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1216 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1217 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1218 this. | |
1219 | |
1220 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1221 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1222 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1223 | |
1224 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1225 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1226 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). | |
1227 | |
1228 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1229 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1230 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1231 | |
1232 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1233 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. | |
1234 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. | |
1235 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
1236 prompts for NEWNAME. | |
1237 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was | |
1238 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1239 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1240 | |
1241 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1242 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1243 name. | |
1244 | |
1245 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1246 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1247 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1248 | |
1249 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1250 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. | |
1251 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1252 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1253 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1254 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1255 | |
1256 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1257 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1258 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1259 | |
1260 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1261 | |
1262 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1263 | |
1264 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1265 | |
1266 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1267 | |
1268 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1269 | |
1270 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1271 | |
1272 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1273 | |
1274 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1275 | |
1276 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1277 | |
1278 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1279 | |
1280 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1281 | |
1282 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1283 | |
1284 ;;;*** | |
1285 | |
1286 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm | |
1287 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit | |
1288 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail | |
1289 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse | |
1290 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | |
1291 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program | |
1292 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p | |
1293 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el" | |
27545 | 1294 ;;;;;; (14477 53252)) |
25876 | 1295 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el |
1296 | |
1297 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ | |
1298 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | |
1299 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1300 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1301 | |
1302 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1303 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1304 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1305 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1306 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1307 | |
1308 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\ | |
1309 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. | |
1310 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1311 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1312 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1313 | |
1314 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1315 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1316 | |
1317 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1318 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1319 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1320 | |
1321 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1322 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1323 | |
1324 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1325 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1326 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1327 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1328 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1329 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1330 | |
1331 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1332 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1333 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1334 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1335 narrowed." t nil) | |
1336 | |
1337 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1338 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1339 | |
1340 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1341 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1342 | |
1343 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1344 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1345 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1346 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1347 | |
1348 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1349 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1350 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1351 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1352 | |
1353 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1354 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1355 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1356 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1357 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1358 to use." t nil) | |
1359 | |
1360 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1361 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1362 | |
1363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1364 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1365 | |
1366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1367 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | |
1368 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1369 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1370 | |
1371 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1372 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1373 | |
1374 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1375 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1376 | |
1377 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1378 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1379 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1380 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1381 | |
1382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1383 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | |
1384 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1385 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1386 | |
1387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1389 | |
1390 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1391 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1392 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1393 | |
1394 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1395 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1396 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1397 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1398 | |
1399 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1400 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1401 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1402 | |
1403 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1404 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1405 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1406 | |
1407 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1408 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | |
1409 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1410 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1411 | |
1412 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1413 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1414 | |
1415 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1416 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1417 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1418 | |
1419 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1420 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1421 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1422 | |
1423 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1424 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | |
1425 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1426 | |
1427 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1428 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1429 | |
1430 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1431 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1432 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1433 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1434 | |
1435 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1436 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1437 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1438 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1439 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1440 | |
1441 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1442 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1443 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1444 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1445 | |
1446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1447 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | |
1448 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1449 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1450 | |
1451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1453 | |
1454 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1455 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1456 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1457 | |
1458 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1459 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1460 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1461 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1462 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1463 current one. | |
1464 | |
1465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1466 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | |
1467 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
1468 `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1469 | |
1470 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1471 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1472 | |
1473 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1474 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1475 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1476 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1477 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1478 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1479 | |
1480 ;;;*** | |
1481 | |
1482 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 1483 ;;;;;; 42538)) |
25876 | 1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1485 | |
1486 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1487 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1488 | |
1489 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1490 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1491 | |
1492 ;;;*** | |
1493 | |
27016 | 1494 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
27949 | 1495 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961)) |
27016 | 1496 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el |
1497 | |
1498 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
1499 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1500 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1501 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1502 | |
1503 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
1504 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1505 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1506 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1507 | |
1508 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
1509 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil) | |
1510 | |
1511 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
1512 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself. | |
1513 \\<bs-mode-map> | |
1514 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
1515 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
1516 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
1517 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
1518 | |
1519 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
1520 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
1521 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
1522 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
1523 name of buffer configuration." t nil) | |
1524 | |
1525 ;;;*** | |
1526 | |
25876 | 1527 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
1528 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1529 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
27949 | 1530 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14516 150)) |
25876 | 1531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1532 | |
1533 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1534 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
1535 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
1536 | |
1537 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1538 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
1539 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
1540 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
1541 | |
1542 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
1543 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
1544 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
1545 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
1546 | |
1547 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
1548 | |
1549 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
1550 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
1551 | |
1552 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1553 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
1554 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
1555 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling. | |
1556 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) | |
1557 | |
1558 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1559 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
1560 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
1561 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
1562 | |
1563 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1564 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
1565 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
1566 | |
1567 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1568 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
1569 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
1570 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
1571 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
1572 all functions called by those functions. | |
1573 | |
1574 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
1575 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
1576 cons, etc.). | |
1577 | |
1578 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
1579 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
1580 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
1581 | |
1582 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1583 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
1584 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
1585 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
1586 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
1587 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
1588 | |
1589 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1590 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
1591 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
1592 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
1593 | |
1594 ;;;*** | |
1595 | |
1596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822)) | |
1597 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | |
1598 | |
1599 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1600 | |
1601 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1602 | |
1603 ;;;*** | |
1604 | |
1605 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
25998 | 1606 ;;;;;; (13997 6729)) |
25876 | 1607 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
1608 | |
1609 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
1610 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
1611 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
1612 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
1613 | |
1614 ;;;*** | |
1615 | |
27949 | 1616 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511 |
1617 ;;;;;; 60346)) | |
1618 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el | |
1619 | |
1620 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | |
1621 Run the pocket calculator. | |
1622 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
1623 | |
1624 ;;;*** | |
1625 | |
25876 | 1626 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays |
1627 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
1628 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
1629 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
1630 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
1631 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
1632 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
1633 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
1634 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 1635 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
1636 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
1637 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
1638 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
26724 | 1639 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
1640 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
1641 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
27321 | 1642 ;;;;;; (14393 15349)) |
25876 | 1643 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
1644 | |
1645 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
1646 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
1647 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
1648 | |
1649 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
1650 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
1651 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
1652 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
1653 the screen.") | |
1654 | |
1655 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
1656 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
1657 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
1658 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
1659 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
1660 | |
1661 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
1662 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
1663 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used, | |
1664 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For | |
1665 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
1666 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
1667 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
1668 | |
1669 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
1670 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
1671 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
1672 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
1673 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
1674 | |
1675 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
1676 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
1677 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
1678 | |
1679 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1680 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
1681 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
1682 | |
26724 | 1683 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
1684 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
1685 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
1686 | |
25876 | 1687 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
1688 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
1689 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
1690 displayed.") | |
1691 | |
1692 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1693 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
1694 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
1695 | |
1696 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1697 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
1698 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1699 | |
1700 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
1701 | |
1702 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1703 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
1704 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1705 | |
1706 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
1707 calendar.") | |
1708 | |
1709 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1710 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
1711 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1712 | |
1713 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
1714 calendar.") | |
1715 | |
1716 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
1717 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
1718 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
1719 | |
1720 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
1721 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
1722 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
1723 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
1724 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
1725 | |
1726 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1727 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
1728 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
1729 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
1730 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
1731 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
1732 a function is also provided for this: | |
1733 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
1734 | |
1735 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1736 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1737 date is not visible in the window. | |
1738 | |
1739 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1740 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1741 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1742 | |
1743 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1744 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
1745 | |
1746 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1747 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1748 date is visible in the window. | |
1749 | |
1750 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1751 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1752 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1753 | |
25998 | 1754 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
1755 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
1756 | |
26724 | 1757 For example, |
25998 | 1758 |
1759 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
1760 | |
1761 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
1762 | |
25876 | 1763 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
1764 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
1765 | |
1766 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
1767 | |
1768 MONTH/DAY | |
1769 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
1770 MONTHNAME DAY | |
1771 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
1772 DAYNAME | |
1773 | |
1774 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
1775 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
1776 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
1777 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
1778 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
1779 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
1780 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
1781 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
1782 respectively. | |
1783 | |
1784 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
1785 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
1786 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
1787 | |
1788 DAY/MONTH | |
1789 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1790 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1791 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1792 DAYNAME | |
1793 | |
1794 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
1795 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
1796 | |
1797 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
1798 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
1799 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
1800 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
1801 | |
1802 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
1803 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
1804 | |
1805 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
1806 entries (in the default American style): | |
1807 | |
1808 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
1809 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
1810 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
1811 21: Payday | |
1812 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
1813 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
1814 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
1815 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
1816 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
1817 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
1818 &* 15 time cards due. | |
1819 | |
1820 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
1821 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
1822 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
1823 single diary entry | |
1824 | |
1825 02/11/1989 | |
1826 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
1827 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
1828 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
1829 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
1830 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
1831 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
1832 | |
1833 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
1834 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
1835 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
1836 | |
1837 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
1838 | |
1839 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
1840 | |
1841 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
1842 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
1843 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
1844 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
1845 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
1846 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
1847 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
1848 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
1849 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
1850 | |
1851 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
1852 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
1853 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
1854 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
1855 for these functions for details. | |
1856 | |
1857 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
1858 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1859 | |
1860 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
1861 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
1862 | |
1863 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
1864 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
1865 | |
1866 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
1867 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
1868 | |
1869 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
1870 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
1871 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
1872 | |
1873 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
1874 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file. | |
1875 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") | |
1876 | |
1877 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
1878 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
1879 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
1880 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
1881 | |
1882 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
1883 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
1884 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
1885 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
1886 | |
1887 DAY/MONTH | |
1888 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1889 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1890 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1891 DAYNAME | |
1892 | |
1893 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
1894 characters with or without a period.") | |
1895 | |
1896 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
1897 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
1898 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1899 | |
25998 | 1900 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 1901 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
1902 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1903 | |
1904 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
1905 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
1906 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
1907 | |
1908 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
1909 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
1910 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
1911 | |
1912 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
1913 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
1914 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
1915 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
1916 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
1917 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
1918 | |
1919 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1920 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
1921 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
1922 | |
1923 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
1924 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
1925 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
1926 of the form | |
1927 | |
1928 #include \"filename\" | |
1929 | |
1930 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
1931 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
1932 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
1933 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
1934 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
1935 | |
1936 For example, you could use | |
1937 | |
1938 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
1939 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
1940 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
1941 | |
1942 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
1943 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
1944 lexicographic order.") | |
1945 | |
1946 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
1947 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
1948 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
1949 | |
1950 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
1951 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
1952 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
1953 diary display. | |
1954 | |
1955 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
1956 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
1957 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
1958 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
1959 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
1960 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
1961 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
1962 | |
1963 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
1964 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
1965 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
1966 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
1967 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
1968 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
1969 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
1970 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
1971 | |
1972 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
1973 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
1974 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
1975 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
1976 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
1977 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
1978 | |
1979 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1980 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
1981 | |
1982 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
1983 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together | |
1984 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
1985 of the form | |
1986 #include \"filename\" | |
1987 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
1988 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
1989 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
1990 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
1991 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1992 | |
1993 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
1994 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
1995 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
1996 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
1997 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
1998 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
1999 | |
2000 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
2001 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
2002 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
2003 are holidays.") | |
2004 | |
2005 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
2006 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
2007 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
2008 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
2009 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
2010 | |
2011 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2012 | |
2013 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
2014 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
2015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2016 | |
2017 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2018 | |
2019 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
2020 *Oriental holidays. | |
2021 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2022 | |
2023 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2024 | |
2025 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
2026 *Local holidays. | |
2027 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2028 | |
2029 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2030 | |
2031 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
2032 *User defined holidays. | |
2033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2034 | |
2035 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2036 | |
2037 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
2038 | |
2039 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2040 | |
2041 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
2042 | |
2043 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2044 | |
2045 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
2046 | |
2047 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2048 | |
2049 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
2050 | |
2051 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2052 | |
2053 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
2054 *Jewish holidays. | |
2055 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2056 | |
2057 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2058 | |
2059 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
2060 *Christian holidays. | |
2061 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2062 | |
2063 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2064 | |
2065 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
2066 *Islamic holidays. | |
2067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2068 | |
2069 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2070 | |
2071 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
2072 *Sun-related holidays. | |
2073 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2074 | |
2075 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2076 | |
2077 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
2078 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
2079 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
2080 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
2081 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
2082 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
2083 | |
2084 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
2085 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
2086 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
2087 | |
2088 ;;;*** | |
2089 | |
27321 | 2090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707)) |
25876 | 2091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2092 | |
2093 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2094 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2095 | |
2096 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2097 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2098 | |
2099 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2100 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2101 | |
2102 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2103 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2104 | |
2105 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2106 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2107 | |
2108 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2109 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2110 | |
2111 ;;;*** | |
2112 | |
2113 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2114 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
27321 | 2115 ;;;;;; (14419 57707)) |
25876 | 2116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2117 | |
2118 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2119 | |
2120 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2121 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2122 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2123 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2124 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2125 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2126 | |
2127 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2128 | |
2129 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2130 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2131 run first. | |
2132 | |
2133 Key bindings: | |
2134 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2135 | |
2136 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2137 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2138 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2139 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2140 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2141 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2142 message. | |
2143 | |
2144 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2145 | |
2146 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2147 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2148 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2149 | |
2150 Key bindings: | |
2151 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2152 | |
2153 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2154 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2155 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2156 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2157 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2158 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2159 message. | |
2160 | |
2161 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2162 | |
2163 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2164 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2165 is run first. | |
2166 | |
2167 Key bindings: | |
2168 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2169 | |
2170 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2171 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2172 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2173 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2174 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2175 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2176 message. | |
2177 | |
2178 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2179 | |
2180 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2181 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2182 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2183 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2184 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2185 | |
2186 Key bindings: | |
2187 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2188 | |
2189 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2190 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2191 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2192 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2193 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2194 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2195 message. | |
2196 | |
2197 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2198 | |
2199 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2200 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2201 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2202 | |
2203 Key bindings: | |
2204 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2205 | |
2206 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2207 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2208 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2209 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2210 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2211 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2212 message. | |
2213 | |
2214 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2215 | |
2216 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2217 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2218 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2219 | |
2220 Key bindings: | |
2221 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2222 | |
2223 ;;;*** | |
2224 | |
2225 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
27321 | 2226 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707)) |
25876 | 2227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2228 | |
2229 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2230 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2231 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2232 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2233 for details of setting up styles. | |
2234 | |
2235 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
26899 | 2236 style name. |
2237 | |
2238 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2239 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2240 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2241 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2242 will be reassigned. | |
2243 | |
2244 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2245 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2246 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
25876 | 2247 |
2248 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2249 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2250 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2251 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2252 | |
2253 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2254 | |
2255 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2256 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2257 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2258 | |
2259 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2260 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2261 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
26899 | 2262 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2263 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
2264 | |
2265 ;;;*** | |
2266 | |
27321 | 2267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707)) |
25876 | 2268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2269 | |
2270 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2271 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2272 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2273 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2274 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2275 | |
26899 | 2276 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2277 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
25876 | 2278 |
2279 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2280 `infodock'.") | |
2281 | |
2282 ;;;*** | |
2283 | |
2284 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2285 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
25998 | 2286 ;;;;;; (14236 19568)) |
25876 | 2287 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2288 | |
2289 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
2290 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil) | |
2291 | |
2292 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2293 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2294 | |
2295 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2296 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2297 | |
2298 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2299 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2300 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2301 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2302 execution. | |
2303 | |
2304 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2305 | |
2306 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2307 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2308 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'. | |
2309 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro)) | |
2310 | |
2311 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2312 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2313 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2314 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2315 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2316 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2317 | |
2318 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2319 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
2320 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil) | |
2321 | |
2322 ;;;*** | |
2323 | |
2324 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2325 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2326 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2327 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2328 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
2329 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | |
2330 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | |
2331 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
27545 | 2332 ;;;;;; (14482 54417)) |
25876 | 2333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
2334 | |
2335 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2336 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
2337 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
2338 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
2339 | |
2340 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2341 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
2342 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2343 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2344 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2345 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2346 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2347 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2348 | |
2349 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2350 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
2351 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2352 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2353 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2354 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2355 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2356 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2357 | |
2358 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2359 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
2360 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
2361 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
2362 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
2363 | |
2364 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2365 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
2366 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
2367 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
2368 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
2369 | |
2370 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2371 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
2372 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
2373 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
2374 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
2375 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
2376 | |
2377 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2378 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
2379 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
2380 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
2381 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
2382 | |
2383 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2384 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
2385 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
2386 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
2387 if there is one. | |
2388 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
2389 | |
2390 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2391 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
2392 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
2393 | |
2394 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2395 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
2396 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
2397 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
2398 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
2399 | |
2400 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2401 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
2402 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
2403 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
2404 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
2405 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
2406 | |
2407 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2408 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
2409 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2410 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
2411 | |
2412 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2413 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2414 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2415 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
2416 | |
2417 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2418 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
2419 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2420 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
2421 | |
2422 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2423 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2424 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2425 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
2426 | |
2427 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2428 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2429 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2430 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
2431 | |
2432 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2433 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2434 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2435 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
2436 | |
2437 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2438 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
2439 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2440 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
2441 | |
2442 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2443 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
2444 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2445 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
2446 | |
2447 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2448 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
2449 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2450 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
2451 | |
2452 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2453 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
2454 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
2455 | |
2456 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
2457 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include | |
2458 checking of documentation strings. | |
2459 | |
2460 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil) | |
2461 | |
2462 ;;;*** | |
2463 | |
2464 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
2465 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment | |
2466 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" | |
25998 | 2467 ;;;;;; (13774 37678)) |
25876 | 2468 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
2469 | |
2470 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2471 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil) | |
2472 | |
2473 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2474 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil) | |
2475 | |
2476 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2477 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil) | |
2478 | |
2479 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2480 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
2481 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2482 | |
2483 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2484 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
2485 | |
2486 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2487 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
2488 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2489 | |
2490 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2491 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
2492 | |
2493 ;;;*** | |
2494 | |
27321 | 2495 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) |
2496 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307)) | |
25876 | 2497 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
2498 | |
2499 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
2500 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
2501 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
2502 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
2503 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
2504 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
2505 | |
2506 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
2507 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
2508 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2509 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
2510 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
2511 | |
2512 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
2513 | |
27321 | 2514 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ |
2515 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | |
25876 | 2516 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
2517 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
2518 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
2519 | |
2520 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
2521 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
2522 \\{command-history-map} | |
27321 | 2523 |
2524 This command always recompiles the Command History listing | |
2525 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 2526 |
2527 ;;;*** | |
2528 | |
27949 | 2529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14495 18013)) |
25876 | 2530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
2531 | |
2532 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
2533 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
2534 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
2535 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
2536 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
2537 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
2538 | |
2539 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
2540 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
2541 | |
2542 ;;;*** | |
2543 | |
2544 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
27949 | 2545 ;;;;;; (14518 39681)) |
25876 | 2546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
2547 | |
2548 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
2549 | |
2550 ;;;*** | |
2551 | |
2552 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
26724 | 2553 ;;;;;; (14368 26241)) |
25876 | 2554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
2555 | |
2556 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
2557 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
2558 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
2559 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
2560 | |
2561 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
2562 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
2563 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
2564 | |
2565 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
2566 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
2567 | |
2568 ;;;*** | |
2569 | |
2570 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569 | |
25998 | 2571 ;;;;;; 34340)) |
25876 | 2572 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
2573 | |
2574 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
2575 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
2576 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
2577 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
2578 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' | |
2579 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
2580 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
2581 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
2582 | |
2583 ;;;*** | |
2584 | |
2585 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
2586 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
25998 | 2587 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038)) |
25876 | 2588 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
2589 | |
2590 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2591 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
2592 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
2593 ASCII table. | |
2594 | |
2595 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
2596 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
2597 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
2598 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
2599 | |
2600 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2601 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
2602 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2603 | |
2604 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2605 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
2606 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2607 | |
2608 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2609 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
2610 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2611 | |
2612 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
2613 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
2614 | |
2615 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
2616 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
2617 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
2618 | |
2619 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
2620 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
2621 | |
2622 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
2623 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
2624 | |
2625 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
2626 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
2627 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
2628 | |
2629 ;;;*** | |
2630 | |
26724 | 2631 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
2632 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
27321 | 2633 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14411 60193)) |
25876 | 2634 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
2635 | |
2636 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ | |
2637 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
2638 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
2639 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
2640 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
2641 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
2642 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
2643 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
2644 | |
2645 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
2646 | |
2647 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
2648 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
2649 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
2650 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
2651 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
2652 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
2653 | |
26724 | 2654 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
2655 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2656 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2657 | |
2658 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2659 | |
2660 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
2661 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2662 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2663 | |
2664 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2665 | |
2666 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
2667 Send COMMAND to current process. | |
2668 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2669 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2670 |
2671 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
2672 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. | |
2673 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2674 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2675 |
25876 | 2676 ;;;*** |
2677 | |
2678 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220 | |
25998 | 2679 ;;;;;; 18289)) |
25876 | 2680 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
2681 | |
2682 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
2683 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
2684 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
2685 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
2686 | |
2687 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
2688 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
2689 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
2690 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
2691 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
2692 | |
2693 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
2694 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
2695 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
2696 | |
2697 ;;;*** | |
2698 | |
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
2700 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
2701 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
27016 | 2702 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14440 46010)) |
25876 | 2703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
2704 | |
2705 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
2706 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
2707 | |
2708 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
2709 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
2710 | |
2711 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
2712 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
2713 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
2714 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
2715 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
2716 | |
2717 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
2718 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
2719 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
2720 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
2721 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
2722 | |
2723 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
2724 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2725 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
2726 describing how the process finished.") | |
2727 | |
2728 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
2729 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2730 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
2731 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
2732 | |
2733 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
26724 | 2734 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
25876 | 2735 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
2736 | |
2737 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
2738 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
2739 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
2740 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
2741 | |
2742 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
2743 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
2744 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
2745 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
2746 | |
2747 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
2748 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
2749 | |
2750 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
2751 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
2752 | |
2753 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
2754 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
2755 Then start the next one. | |
2756 | |
2757 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
2758 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
2759 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
2760 | |
2761 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
2762 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
2763 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
2764 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
2765 where grep found matches. | |
2766 | |
2767 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2768 easily repeat a grep command. | |
2769 | |
2770 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
2771 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
2772 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
2773 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
2774 | |
2775 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
26724 | 2776 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
2777 Collect output in a buffer. | |
25876 | 2778 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
2779 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
2780 | |
2781 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2782 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
2783 | |
2784 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2785 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
2786 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
2787 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
2788 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
2789 | |
2790 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
2791 | |
2792 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2793 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
2794 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2795 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2796 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2797 | |
2798 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2799 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
2800 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2801 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2802 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2803 | |
2804 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
2805 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
2806 | |
2807 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
2808 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
2809 | |
2810 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move; | |
2811 negative means move back to previous error messages. | |
2812 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer | |
2813 and start at the first error. | |
2814 | |
2815 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
2816 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
2817 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
2818 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
2819 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
2820 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
2821 | |
2822 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
2823 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
2824 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
2825 | |
2826 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
2827 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
2828 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
2829 | |
2830 ;;;*** | |
2831 | |
2832 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" | |
26724 | 2833 ;;;;;; (14393 17619)) |
25876 | 2834 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
2835 | |
2836 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ | |
2837 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
2838 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
2839 | |
2840 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
2841 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
2842 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
2843 as much as possible. | |
2844 | |
2845 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
2846 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
2847 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
2848 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
2849 | |
2850 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted | |
2851 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | |
2852 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h. | |
2853 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) | |
2854 | |
2855 ;;;*** | |
2856 | |
2857 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
27949 | 2858 ;;;;;; (14495 17962)) |
25876 | 2859 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
2860 | |
2861 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
2862 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
2863 | |
2864 ;;;*** | |
2865 | |
26899 | 2866 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
2867 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
2868 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
26963 | 2869 ;;;;;; (14422 57499)) |
26899 | 2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
2871 | |
2872 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
2873 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
2874 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
2875 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
2876 `make-composition'. | |
2877 | |
2878 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
2879 | |
2880 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
2881 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
2882 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
2883 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
2884 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
2885 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
2886 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
2887 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
2888 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
2889 | |
2890 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
2891 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
2892 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
2893 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
2894 be added. | |
2895 | |
2896 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
2897 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as | |
2898 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): | |
2899 | |
2900 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
2901 | | | | |
2902 | global| | | |
2903 | glyph | | | |
2904 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
2905 +----+--*--+ | |
2906 | | new | | |
2907 | |glyph| | |
2908 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
2909 ") | |
2910 | |
2911 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
2912 Compose characters in the current region. | |
2913 | |
2914 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
2915 | |
2916 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
2917 specifying the region. | |
2918 | |
2919 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
2920 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
2921 | |
2922 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
2923 of the text in the region. | |
2924 | |
2925 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
2926 | |
2927 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
2928 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
2929 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
2930 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
2931 | |
2932 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
2933 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
2934 detail. | |
2935 | |
2936 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
2937 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
2938 text in the composition." t nil) | |
2939 | |
2940 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
2941 Decompose text in the current region. | |
2942 | |
2943 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
2944 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
2945 | |
2946 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
2947 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
2948 | |
2949 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
2950 the characters in it. | |
2951 | |
2952 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
2953 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
2954 STRING respectively. | |
2955 | |
2956 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
2957 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
2958 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
2959 | |
2960 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
2961 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
2962 text in the composition." nil nil) | |
2963 | |
2964 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
2965 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
2966 | |
2967 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
2968 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
2969 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
2970 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
2971 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
2972 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
2973 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
2974 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
2975 | |
2976 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
2977 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
2978 | |
2979 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
2980 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
2981 | |
2982 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
2983 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
2984 | |
2985 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
2986 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
2987 | |
2988 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
2989 | |
2990 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
2991 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
2992 | |
2993 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
2994 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
2995 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
2996 | |
2997 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
2998 | |
2999 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
3000 | |
3001 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
3002 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
3003 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
3004 | |
3005 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
3006 | |
3007 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
3008 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0) | |
3009 | |
3010 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\ | |
3011 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition. | |
3012 | |
3013 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs | |
3014 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible | |
3015 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called | |
3016 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function | |
3017 `compose-chars-after' for more detail. | |
3018 | |
3019 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when | |
3020 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.") | |
3021 | |
3022 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ | |
3023 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
3024 | |
3025 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
3026 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
3027 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
3028 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
3029 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
3030 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
3031 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
3032 nil. | |
3033 | |
3034 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
3035 is: | |
3036 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
3037 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
3038 | |
3039 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
3040 | |
3041 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) | |
3042 | |
3043 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3044 Compose last characters. | |
3045 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N), | |
3046 where N is the number of characters before point to compose. | |
3047 This function is intended to be used from input methods. | |
3048 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
3049 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N) | |
3050 after a sequence character events." t nil) | |
3051 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
3052 | |
3053 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
3054 Convert CHAR to string. | |
3055 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
3056 | |
3057 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
3058 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
3059 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
3060 | |
3061 ;;;*** | |
3062 | |
25876 | 3063 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
25998 | 3064 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685)) |
25876 | 3065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
3066 | |
3067 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
3068 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
3069 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3070 | |
3071 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
3072 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
3073 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3074 | |
3075 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
3076 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
3077 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
3078 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
3079 | |
3080 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
3081 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
3082 | |
3083 ;;;*** | |
3084 | |
3085 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
27545 | 3086 ;;;;;; (14463 42213)) |
25876 | 3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
3088 | |
3089 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
3090 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
3091 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
3092 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
3093 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
3094 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
3095 | |
3096 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3097 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3098 | |
3099 ;;;*** | |
3100 | |
3101 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
27321 | 3102 ;;;;;; (14456 48530)) |
25876 | 3103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3104 | |
3105 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3106 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3107 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3108 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3109 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3110 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3111 | |
3112 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3113 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3114 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3115 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3116 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3117 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3118 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3119 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3120 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3121 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3122 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3123 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3124 | |
3125 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3126 | |
3127 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, | |
3128 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. | |
3129 | |
3130 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3131 | |
3132 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3133 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3134 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3135 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3136 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3137 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3138 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3139 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
3140 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). | |
3141 | |
3142 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3143 | |
3144 bite if angry; | |
3145 | |
3146 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3147 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3148 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3149 to nil.) | |
3150 | |
3151 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3152 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3153 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3154 | |
3155 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3156 | |
3157 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3158 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
3159 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual | |
3160 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
3161 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. | |
3162 | |
3163 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3164 | |
3165 if (A) { B } | |
3166 | |
3167 into | |
3168 | |
3169 B if A; | |
3170 | |
3171 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3172 | |
3173 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
3174 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
3175 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
3176 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
3177 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
3178 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
3179 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
3180 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
3181 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
3182 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
3183 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
3184 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
3185 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
3186 | |
3187 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
3188 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
3189 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
3190 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
3191 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' | |
3192 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). | |
3193 | |
3194 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
3195 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
3196 man via menu. | |
3197 | |
3198 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
3199 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
3200 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
3201 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
3202 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
3203 | |
3204 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
3205 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
3206 span the needed amount of lines. | |
3207 | |
3208 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
3209 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
3210 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
3211 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
3212 | |
3213 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
3214 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
3215 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3216 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3217 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
3218 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
3219 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
3220 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
3221 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
3222 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
3223 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and | |
3224 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
3225 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' | |
3226 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
3227 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
3228 `cperl-indent-level' | |
3229 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
3230 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
3231 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
3232 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
3233 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
3234 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
3235 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
3236 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
3237 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3238 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
3239 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
3240 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
3241 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
3242 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
3243 `cperl-label-offset' | |
3244 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
3245 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
3246 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
3247 | |
3248 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
3249 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
3250 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
3251 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
3252 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
3253 | |
3254 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
3255 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
3256 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
3257 \(both available from menu). | |
3258 | |
3259 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
3260 column 0 is indented on | |
3261 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3262 | |
3263 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
3264 with no args. | |
3265 | |
3266 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
3267 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
3268 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
3269 | |
3270 ;;;*** | |
3271 | |
3272 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
27321 | 3273 ;;;;;; (13826 9529)) |
25876 | 3274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el |
3275 | |
3276 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
3277 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
3278 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
3279 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
3280 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
3281 | |
3282 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
3283 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
3284 | |
3285 ;;;*** | |
3286 | |
3287 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
25998 | 3288 ;;;;;; (14302 38178)) |
25876 | 3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
3290 | |
3291 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
3292 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
3293 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
3294 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
3295 | |
3296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3297 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
3298 | |
3299 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3300 | |
3301 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
3302 | |
3303 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
3304 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode. | |
3305 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) | |
3306 | |
3307 ;;;*** | |
3308 | |
3309 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all | |
3310 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
3311 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
3312 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
3313 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
3314 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
3315 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
3316 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
27949 | 3317 ;;;;;; (14505 58892)) |
25876 | 3318 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
3319 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
3320 | |
3321 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3322 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3323 | |
3324 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3325 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3326 | |
3327 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3328 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3329 | |
3330 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3331 |
3332 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3333 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3334 | |
3335 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3336 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3337 | |
3338 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3339 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3340 | |
3341 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3342 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3343 | |
3344 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3345 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3346 | |
3347 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3348 |
3349 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3350 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
3351 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3352 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3353 | |
3354 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3355 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3356 | |
3357 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3358 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3359 | |
3360 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3361 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3362 | |
3363 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3364 |
3365 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3366 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
3367 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
3368 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
3369 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
3370 | |
3371 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3372 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3373 | |
3374 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3375 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3376 | |
3377 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
3378 | |
3379 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3380 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
3381 | |
3382 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3383 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
3384 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
3385 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
3386 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
3387 | |
3388 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
3389 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
3390 version." t nil) | |
3391 | |
3392 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
3393 | |
3394 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3395 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
3396 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
3397 | |
3398 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3399 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
3400 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
3401 | |
3402 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3403 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil) | |
3404 | |
3405 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3406 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
3407 | |
3408 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3409 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
3410 | |
3411 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3412 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3413 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
3414 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
3415 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
3416 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
3417 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
3418 | |
3419 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3420 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3421 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
3422 | |
3423 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3424 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3425 | |
3426 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3427 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3428 | |
3429 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3430 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3431 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3432 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3433 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3434 that option." nil nil) | |
3435 | |
3436 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3437 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3438 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3439 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3440 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3441 that option." nil nil) | |
3442 | |
3443 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3444 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
3445 | |
3446 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
3447 File used for storing customization information. | |
3448 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
3449 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
26899 | 3450 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
3451 | |
3452 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
3453 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
3454 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
3455 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
25876 | 3456 |
3457 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3458 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
3459 | |
3460 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3461 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
3462 | |
3463 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3464 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
3465 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3466 | |
3467 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3468 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 3469 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 3470 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
3471 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3472 | |
3473 ;;;*** | |
3474 | |
3475 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
27949 | 3476 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892)) |
25876 | 3477 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
3478 | |
3479 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
3480 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
3481 | |
3482 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
3483 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
3484 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
3485 | |
25998 | 3486 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 3487 |
3488 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
3489 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 3490 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 3491 |
3492 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
3493 | |
3494 ;;;*** | |
3495 | |
26963 | 3496 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
3497 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379)) | |
3498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el | |
3499 | |
3500 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3501 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions. | |
3502 | |
3503 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
3504 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
3505 C++ modes are included. | |
3506 | |
3507 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3508 | |
3509 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3510 Turn on CWarn mode. | |
3511 | |
3512 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
3513 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil) | |
3514 | |
3515 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3516 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. | |
3517 | |
3518 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3519 | |
3520 ;;;*** | |
3521 | |
25876 | 3522 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
3523 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment | |
3524 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) | |
25998 | 3525 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678)) |
25876 | 3526 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
3527 | |
3528 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3529 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil) | |
3530 | |
3531 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3532 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil) | |
3533 | |
3534 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3535 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil) | |
3536 | |
3537 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3538 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3539 | |
3540 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3541 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3542 | |
3543 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3544 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
3545 For readability, the table is slightly | |
3546 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
3547 | |
3548 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
3549 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
3550 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
3551 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
3552 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
3553 | |
3554 ;;;*** | |
3555 | |
3556 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
26724 | 3557 ;;;;;; (14385 24830)) |
25876 | 3558 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
3559 | |
3560 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
3561 | |
3562 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
3563 | |
3564 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3565 Completion on current word. | |
3566 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
3567 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
3568 | |
3569 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
3570 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
3571 completions. | |
3572 | |
3573 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
3574 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
3575 | |
3576 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
3577 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
3578 | |
3579 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3580 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
3581 | |
3582 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
3583 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
3584 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
3585 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
3586 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
3587 | |
3588 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
3589 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
3590 | |
3591 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
3592 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
3593 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
3594 | |
3595 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
3596 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
3597 | |
3598 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
3599 | |
3600 ;;;*** | |
3601 | |
3602 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706 | |
27321 | 3603 ;;;;;; 38927)) |
25876 | 3604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el |
3605 | |
3606 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
3607 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
3608 | |
3609 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
3610 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
3611 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
3612 | |
3613 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
3614 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
3615 Data lines are not indented. | |
3616 | |
3617 Key bindings: | |
3618 | |
3619 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
3620 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
3621 | |
3622 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
3623 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
3624 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
3625 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
3626 | |
3627 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
3628 | |
3629 dcl-basic-offset | |
3630 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
3631 | |
3632 dcl-continuation-offset | |
3633 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
3634 | |
3635 dcl-margin-offset | |
3636 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
3637 | |
3638 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
3639 Indentation for a label. | |
3640 | |
3641 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
3642 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
3643 | |
3644 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
3645 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3646 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
3647 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
3648 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
3649 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
3650 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
3651 | |
3652 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
3653 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
3654 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
3655 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
3656 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
3657 | |
3658 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
3659 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
3660 One such function is included in the package: | |
3661 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
3662 | |
3663 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
3664 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
3665 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
3666 margin. | |
3667 | |
3668 dcl-electric-characters | |
3669 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
3670 typed. | |
3671 | |
3672 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
3673 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
3674 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
3675 | |
3676 dcl-tempo-comma | |
3677 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
3678 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
3679 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
3680 | |
3681 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
3682 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
3683 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
3684 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
3685 | |
3686 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
3687 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
3688 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
3689 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
3690 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
3691 | |
3692 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
3693 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3694 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
3695 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3696 | |
3697 | |
3698 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
3699 | |
3700 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
3701 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
3702 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
3703 $ i = 1 | |
3704 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
3705 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
3706 $ label: | |
3707 $ if i.eq.1 | |
3708 $ then | |
3709 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
3710 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3711 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
3712 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3713 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
3714 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
3715 $ type sys$input | |
3716 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
3717 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3718 $ endif | |
3719 $ | |
3720 " t nil) | |
3721 | |
3722 ;;;*** | |
3723 | |
3724 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
27016 | 3725 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14432 49602)) |
25876 | 3726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
3727 | |
3728 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
3729 | |
3730 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
3731 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
3732 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
3733 of the evaluator. | |
3734 | |
3735 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
3736 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
3737 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
3738 | |
3739 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3740 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
3741 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
3742 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
3743 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
3744 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
3745 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
3746 | |
3747 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3748 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
3749 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
3750 | |
3751 ;;;*** | |
3752 | |
3753 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
25998 | 3754 ;;;;;; (13875 47403)) |
25876 | 3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
3756 | |
3757 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
3758 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
3759 | |
3760 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
3761 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
3762 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
3763 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
3764 | |
3765 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
3766 modify it. | |
3767 | |
3768 The most useful commands are: | |
3769 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
3770 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
3771 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
3772 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
3773 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
3774 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
3775 | |
3776 ;;;*** | |
3777 | |
25998 | 3778 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region) |
26724 | 3779 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903)) |
25998 | 3780 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
3781 | |
3782 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ | |
3783 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
3784 | |
3785 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
3786 | |
3787 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
3788 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
3789 | |
3790 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
3791 | |
3792 ;;;*** | |
3793 | |
27949 | 3794 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505 |
3795 ;;;;;; 12112)) | |
25998 | 3796 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el |
3797 | |
3798 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
3799 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
3800 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
3801 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
3802 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
3803 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
3804 | |
3805 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
3806 | |
3807 Customization: | |
3808 | |
3809 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
3810 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
3811 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
3812 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
3813 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
3814 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
3815 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
3816 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3817 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3818 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
3819 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
3820 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
3821 blank line. | |
3822 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
3823 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
3824 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
3825 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
3826 | |
3827 Coloring: | |
3828 | |
3829 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
3830 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
3831 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
3832 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
3833 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
3834 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
3835 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
3836 Face used to color everything else. | |
3837 | |
3838 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
3839 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
3840 | |
3841 ;;;*** | |
3842 | |
25876 | 3843 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel" |
26724 | 3844 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 3845 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
3846 | |
3847 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
3848 | |
3849 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ | |
3850 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3851 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
3852 positive. | |
3853 | |
3854 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
3855 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
3856 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
3857 any selection." t nil) | |
3858 | |
3859 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ | |
3860 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3861 See command `delete-selection-mode'. | |
3862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3863 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
3864 | |
3865 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3866 | |
3867 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
3868 | |
3869 ;;;*** | |
3870 | |
3871 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) | |
26724 | 3872 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 3873 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
3874 | |
3875 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ | |
3876 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
3877 | |
3878 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
3879 | |
3880 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
26724 | 3881 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode'). |
3882 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") | |
25876 | 3883 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, |
3884 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
3885 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
3886 hooks for the new mode. | |
3887 | |
3888 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
3889 | |
3890 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
3891 | |
3892 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
3893 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
3894 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
3895 | |
26724 | 3896 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as |
25876 | 3897 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: |
3898 | |
3899 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
3900 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
3901 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
3902 | |
3903 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
3904 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
3905 | |
3906 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ | |
26724 | 3907 Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
25876 | 3908 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
3909 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
3910 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
3911 | |
3912 ;;;*** | |
3913 | |
3914 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
27949 | 3915 ;;;;;; (14495 17963)) |
25876 | 3916 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
3917 | |
3918 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
3919 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
3920 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
3921 | |
3922 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
3923 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
3924 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
3925 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
3926 | |
3927 ;;;*** | |
3928 | |
3929 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
3930 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
3931 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
3932 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
3933 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
3934 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
3935 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" | |
26963 | 3936 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006)) |
25876 | 3937 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
3938 | |
3939 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\ | |
3940 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil) | |
3941 | |
3942 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3943 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. |
3944 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 3945 |
3946 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3947 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. |
3948 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 3949 |
3950 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3951 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. |
3952 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3953 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 3954 |
3955 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3956 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. |
3957 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3958 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 3959 |
3960 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3961 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil) |
25876 | 3962 |
3963 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3964 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. |
25876 | 3965 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) |
3966 | |
3967 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3968 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil) |
25876 | 3969 |
3970 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3971 | |
3972 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3973 | |
3974 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3975 | |
3976 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3977 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
3978 | |
3979 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3980 | |
3981 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3982 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
3983 | |
3984 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3985 | |
3986 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3987 | |
3988 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3989 | |
3990 ;;;*** | |
3991 | |
3992 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
27949 | 3993 ;;;;;; (14523 49787)) |
25876 | 3994 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
3995 | |
3996 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
3997 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
3998 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
3999 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
4000 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
4001 | |
4002 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4003 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
4004 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
4005 | |
4006 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
4007 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
4008 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
4009 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
4010 | |
4011 #!/bin/sh | |
4012 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
4013 emacs -batch \\ | |
4014 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
4015 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
4016 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
4017 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | |
4018 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | |
4019 | |
4020 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
4021 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
4022 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
4023 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
4024 | |
4025 ;;;*** | |
4026 | |
4027 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
25998 | 4028 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414)) |
25876 | 4029 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
4030 | |
4031 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
4032 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
4033 | |
4034 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
4035 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
4036 | |
4037 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
4038 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
4039 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
4040 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
4041 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
4042 | |
4043 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
4044 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4045 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4046 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4047 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
4048 | |
4049 ;;;*** | |
4050 | |
26899 | 4051 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
27949 | 4052 ;;;;;; (14495 17964)) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4053 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4054 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4055 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
26899 | 4056 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4057 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4058 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4059 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4060 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4061 |
26899 | 4062 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
4063 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
4064 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4065 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4066 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4067 |
25876 | 4068 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
4069 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
4070 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
4071 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
27949 | 4072 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14522 27392)) |
25876 | 4073 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
4074 | |
4075 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
4076 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
4077 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
4078 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
4079 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
4080 | |
4081 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
4082 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
4083 | |
4084 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
4085 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
4086 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
4087 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
4088 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
4089 | |
4090 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
4091 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
4092 | |
4093 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
4094 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
4095 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
4096 always set this variable to t.") | |
4097 | |
4098 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
4099 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
4100 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
4101 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
4102 | |
4103 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
4104 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
4105 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
4106 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
4107 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
4108 | |
4109 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
4110 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
4111 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
4112 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4113 | |
4114 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
4115 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
4116 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4117 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4118 | |
4119 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4120 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4121 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4122 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4123 | |
4124 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4125 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4126 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4127 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4128 | |
4129 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4130 | |
4131 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4132 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4133 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4134 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4135 | |
4136 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4137 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4138 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4139 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4140 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4141 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4142 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4143 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4144 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4145 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4146 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4147 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4148 | |
4149 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4150 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4151 | |
4152 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4153 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4154 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4155 | |
4156 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4157 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4158 | |
4159 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4160 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4161 | |
4162 ;;;*** | |
4163 | |
4164 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all | |
4165 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir | |
4166 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir | |
26899 | 4167 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase |
4168 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
4169 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename | |
4170 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4171 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4172 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4173 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4174 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4175 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
27949 | 4176 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14506 36592)) |
25876 | 4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4178 | |
4179 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4180 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
4181 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. | |
4182 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4183 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4184 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4185 | |
4186 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4187 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4188 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4189 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4190 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4191 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4192 | |
4193 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4194 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4195 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
4196 | |
4197 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4198 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4199 | |
4200 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4201 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4202 | |
4203 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4204 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4205 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
4206 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
4207 | |
4208 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4209 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
4210 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
4211 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
4212 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
4213 | |
4214 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
4215 | |
4216 Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
4217 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
4218 just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
4219 | |
26899 | 4220 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run |
4221 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there | |
4222 instead of att the end of the command. | |
4223 | |
25876 | 4224 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no |
4225 telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
4226 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
4227 | |
4228 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
25998 | 4229 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
4230 | |
4231 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
4232 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 4233 |
4234 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4235 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
4236 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
4237 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
4238 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
4239 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
4240 | |
4241 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4242 | |
4243 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4244 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4245 | |
4246 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4247 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4248 | |
4249 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4250 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4251 | |
4252 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4253 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4254 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
4255 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
4256 | |
4257 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4258 | |
4259 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4260 | |
4261 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4262 | |
4263 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4264 | |
4265 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4266 | |
4267 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4268 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
4269 | |
4270 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4271 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
4272 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
4273 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4274 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
4275 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
4276 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4277 | |
4278 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4279 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4280 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4281 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4282 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
4283 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4284 | |
4285 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4286 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4287 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4288 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4289 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
4290 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4291 | |
4292 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4293 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4294 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4295 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil) | |
4296 | |
4297 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4298 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4299 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | |
4300 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
4301 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
4302 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
4303 | |
4304 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
4305 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
4306 | |
4307 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4308 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4309 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4310 | |
4311 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4312 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4313 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4314 | |
4315 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4316 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4317 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4318 | |
4319 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4320 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
4321 | |
4322 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4323 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
4324 | |
4325 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4326 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4327 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
4328 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4329 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
4330 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4331 this subdirectory. | |
4332 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4333 | |
26899 | 4334 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4335 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4336 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
4337 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4338 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
4339 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4340 this subdirectory. | |
4341 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4342 | |
25876 | 4343 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4344 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
4345 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
4346 | |
4347 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4348 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
4349 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
4350 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
4351 | |
4352 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4353 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
4354 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
4355 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
4356 | |
4357 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4358 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
4359 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
4360 | |
4361 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4362 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4363 | |
4364 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4365 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4366 | |
4367 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4368 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
4369 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
4370 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
4371 | |
4372 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4373 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
4374 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
4375 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
4376 | |
4377 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4378 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
4379 Stops when a match is found. | |
4380 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4381 | |
4382 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4383 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. | |
4384 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
4385 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
4386 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4387 | |
4388 ;;;*** | |
4389 | |
27949 | 4390 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402)) |
25876 | 4391 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
4392 | |
4393 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
4394 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
4395 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
4396 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
4397 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
4398 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
4399 | |
4400 ;;;*** | |
4401 | |
25998 | 4402 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315)) |
25876 | 4403 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
4404 | |
4405 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
4406 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
4407 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
4408 | |
4409 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
4410 | |
4411 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
4412 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
4413 | |
4414 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
4415 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
4416 " nil nil) | |
4417 | |
4418 ;;;*** | |
4419 | |
4420 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
25998 | 4421 ;;;;;; 9615)) |
25876 | 4422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
4423 | |
4424 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
4425 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
4426 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
4427 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
4428 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
4429 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
4430 | |
4431 ;;;*** | |
4432 | |
4433 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
4434 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
4435 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
4436 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
26724 | 4437 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070)) |
25876 | 4438 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
4439 | |
4440 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4441 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
4442 | |
4443 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4444 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
4445 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
4446 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4447 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4448 | |
4449 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4450 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
4451 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
4452 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4453 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4454 | |
4455 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4456 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
4457 | |
4458 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4459 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
4460 | |
4461 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
4462 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
4463 | |
4464 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
4465 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
4466 | |
4467 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
4468 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
4469 | |
4470 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
4471 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
4472 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
4473 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
4474 | |
4475 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
4476 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
4477 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
4478 X frame." nil nil) | |
4479 | |
4480 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
4481 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
4482 | |
4483 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil) | |
4484 | |
4485 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
4486 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
4487 | |
4488 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
4489 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
4490 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
4491 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
4492 | |
4493 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
4494 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
4495 European character display. | |
4496 | |
4497 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
4498 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
4499 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
4500 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
4501 | |
4502 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
4503 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
4504 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
4505 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
26724 | 4506 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
25876 | 4507 |
4508 ;;;*** | |
4509 | |
4510 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
25998 | 4511 ;;;;;; (13229 28172)) |
25876 | 4512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
4513 | |
4514 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
4515 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
4516 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
4517 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
4518 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
4519 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
4520 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
4521 Default is 2." t nil) | |
4522 | |
4523 ;;;*** | |
4524 | |
25998 | 4525 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573)) |
25876 | 4526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
4527 | |
4528 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
4529 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
4530 | |
4531 ;;;*** | |
4532 | |
25998 | 4533 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
4534 ;;;;;; (14288 20375)) | |
25876 | 4535 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
4536 | |
25998 | 4537 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
4538 Toggle Double mode. | |
4539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4540 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
4541 | |
4542 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4543 | |
4544 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
4545 | |
25876 | 4546 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
4547 Toggle Double mode. | |
4548 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
4549 | |
4550 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
4551 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
4552 | |
4553 ;;;*** | |
4554 | |
27321 | 4555 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546)) |
25876 | 4556 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el |
4557 | |
4558 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
4559 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
4560 | |
4561 ;;;*** | |
4562 | |
4563 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
27321 | 4564 ;;;;;; (14030 48685)) |
25876 | 4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el |
4566 | |
4567 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
4568 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
4569 | |
4570 ;;;*** | |
4571 | |
26724 | 4572 ;;;### (autoloads (define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" |
4573 ;;;;;; (14398 37514)) | |
25876 | 4574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
4575 | |
26724 | 4576 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
4577 | |
4578 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
25876 | 4579 Define a new minor mode MODE. |
4580 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap, | |
4581 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle'). | |
4582 | |
4583 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
26724 | 4584 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
25876 | 4585 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on. |
4586 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. | |
4587 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' | |
4588 in order to build a valid keymap. | |
26724 | 4589 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
4590 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 4591 |
4592 ;;;*** | |
4593 | |
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
26724 | 4595 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385 |
4596 ;;;;;; 24854)) | |
25876 | 4597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
4598 | |
4599 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ | |
4600 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
4601 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
4602 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
4603 | |
4604 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
4605 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
4606 | |
4607 :filter FUNCTION | |
4608 | |
4609 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
4610 menu displayed. | |
4611 | |
4612 :visible INCLUDE | |
4613 | |
4614 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
4615 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
4616 | |
4617 :active ENABLE | |
4618 | |
4619 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
4620 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4621 | |
4622 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
4623 | |
4624 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
4625 | |
4626 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
4627 | |
4628 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
4629 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
4630 | |
4631 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4632 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4633 | |
26724 | 4634 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
25876 | 4635 |
4636 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
4637 | |
4638 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
4639 | |
4640 :keys KEYS | |
4641 | |
4642 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
4643 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
4644 computed automatically. | |
4645 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
4646 | |
4647 :key-sequence KEYS | |
4648 | |
4649 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this | |
4650 menu item. | |
4651 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of | |
4652 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no | |
4653 keyboard equivalent. | |
4654 | |
4655 :active ENABLE | |
4656 | |
4657 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4658 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4659 | |
4660 :included INCLUDE | |
4661 | |
4662 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
4663 expression has a non-nil value. | |
4664 | |
4665 :suffix NAME | |
4666 | |
4667 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK. | |
4668 | |
4669 :style STYLE | |
26724 | 4670 |
25876 | 4671 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
26724 | 4672 defined: |
25876 | 4673 |
4674 toggle: A checkbox. | |
4675 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4676 radio: A radio button. | |
4677 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4678 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the | |
4679 menu bar itself. | |
4680 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
4681 | |
4682 :selected SELECTED | |
4683 | |
4684 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
4685 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4686 | |
4687 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as | |
4688 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
4689 as a solid horizontal line. | |
4690 | |
4691 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
4692 | |
4693 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
4694 | |
4695 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
4696 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
4697 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
4698 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4699 | |
4700 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
4701 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 4702 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
4703 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
4704 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
4705 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
4706 | |
4707 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
4708 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
4709 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 4710 |
4711 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
4712 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
4713 | |
4714 ;;;*** | |
4715 | |
27545 | 4716 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style |
4717 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup | |
4718 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer | |
4719 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | |
4720 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667)) | |
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el | |
4722 | |
4723 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4724 Customization for ebnf group." t nil) | |
4725 | |
4726 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4727 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
4728 | |
4729 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | |
4730 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | |
4731 it to the printer. | |
4732 | |
4733 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | |
4734 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
4735 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | |
4736 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil) | |
4737 | |
4738 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4739 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region. | |
4740 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
4741 | |
4742 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4743 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
4744 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
4745 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
4746 | |
4747 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
4748 | |
4749 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4750 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally. | |
4751 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
4752 | |
4753 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
4754 | |
4755 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4756 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | |
4757 | |
4758 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
4759 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
4760 | |
4761 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
4762 | |
4763 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
4764 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
4765 | |
4766 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
4767 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
4768 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
4769 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
4770 | |
4771 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
4772 | |
4773 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4774 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | |
4775 | |
4776 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
4777 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
4778 | |
4779 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
4780 | |
4781 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
4782 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
4783 | |
4784 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
4785 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
4786 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
4787 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
4788 | |
4789 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
4790 | |
4791 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | |
4792 | |
4793 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4794 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil) | |
4795 | |
4796 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4797 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil) | |
4798 | |
4799 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4800 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil) | |
4801 | |
4802 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4803 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil) | |
4804 | |
4805 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4806 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil) | |
4807 | |
4808 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4809 Set STYLE to current style. | |
4810 | |
4811 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
4812 | |
4813 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4814 Reset current style. | |
4815 | |
4816 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
4817 | |
4818 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4819 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. | |
4820 | |
4821 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
4822 | |
4823 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4824 Pop a style and set it to current style. | |
4825 | |
4826 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
4827 | |
4828 ;;;*** | |
4829 | |
25876 | 4830 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" |
25998 | 4831 ;;;;;; (13778 5499)) |
25876 | 4832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
4833 | |
4834 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
4835 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
4836 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
4837 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
4838 | |
4839 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
4840 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
4841 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
4842 | |
4843 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
4844 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
4845 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
4846 | |
4847 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
4848 | |
4849 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
4850 | |
4851 ;;;*** | |
4852 | |
4853 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
27321 | 4854 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307)) |
25876 | 4855 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
4856 | |
4857 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
4858 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
4859 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
4860 | |
4861 ;;;*** | |
4862 | |
4863 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
27545 | 4864 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14482 54435)) |
25876 | 4865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
4866 | |
4867 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
4868 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
4869 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
4870 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
4871 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
4872 | |
4873 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
4874 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
4875 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
4876 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
4877 | |
4878 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
4879 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
4880 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
4881 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
4882 | |
4883 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
27321 | 4884 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. |
25876 | 4885 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol |
4886 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
4887 | |
4888 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
4889 | |
4890 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
4891 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
4892 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
4893 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
4894 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
4895 | |
4896 ;;;*** | |
4897 | |
4898 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
4899 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
4900 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
4901 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
4902 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
4903 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
4904 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
4905 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
4906 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
27949 | 4907 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408)) |
25876 | 4908 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
4909 | |
4910 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
4911 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
4912 | |
4913 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
4914 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
4915 | |
4916 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
4917 | |
4918 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
4919 | |
4920 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
4921 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
4922 | |
4923 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
4924 | |
4925 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
4926 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
4927 | |
4928 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
4929 | |
4930 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
4931 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
26724 | 4932 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
4933 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 4934 |
4935 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
4936 | |
4937 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4938 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
4939 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 4940 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 4941 |
4942 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
4943 | |
4944 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
4945 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
26724 | 4946 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
25876 | 4947 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
4948 | |
4949 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
4950 | |
4951 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
4952 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
26724 | 4953 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
4954 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 4955 |
4956 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
4957 | |
4958 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4959 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
26724 | 4960 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
25876 | 4961 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
26724 | 4962 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
25876 | 4963 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
4964 | |
4965 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4966 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
4967 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 4968 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 4969 |
4970 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
4971 | |
4972 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4973 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
4974 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 4975 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 4976 |
4977 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
4978 | |
4979 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
4980 | |
4981 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
4982 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
4983 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
4984 follows: | |
4985 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
4986 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
4987 | |
4988 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
4989 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
4990 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
4991 follows: | |
4992 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
4993 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
4994 | |
4995 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
4996 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
4997 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
4998 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
26724 | 4999 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5000 |
5001 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5002 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5003 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5004 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
5005 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
26724 | 5006 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5007 |
5008 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
5009 | |
5010 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5011 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
5012 | |
5013 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5014 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
5015 | |
5016 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
5017 | |
5018 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5019 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
5020 | |
5021 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5022 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
5023 | |
5024 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5025 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
5026 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5027 buffer." t nil) | |
5028 | |
5029 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5030 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
5031 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5032 buffer." t nil) | |
5033 | |
5034 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5035 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
26724 | 5036 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
25876 | 5037 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
5038 | |
5039 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
26724 | 5040 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
5041 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
5042 and don't ask the user. | |
5043 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
5044 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
25876 | 5045 |
5046 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5047 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil) | |
5048 | |
5049 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
5050 | |
5051 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
5052 | |
5053 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
5054 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
5055 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
26724 | 5056 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) |
25876 | 5057 |
5058 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
5059 | |
5060 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
5061 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
5062 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
5063 | |
5064 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
5065 Display Ediff's manual. | |
5066 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
5067 | |
5068 ;;;*** | |
5069 | |
27949 | 5070 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" |
5071 ;;;;;; (14522 27392)) | |
5072 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el | |
5073 | |
5074 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil) | |
5075 | |
5076 ;;;*** | |
5077 | |
26724 | 5078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123)) |
5079 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el | |
5080 | |
5081 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
5082 | |
5083 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser..."))))) | |
5084 | |
5085 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))) | |
5086 | |
5087 ;;;*** | |
5088 | |
25876 | 5089 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
26724 | 5090 ;;;;;; (14398 37488)) |
25876 | 5091 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
5092 | |
5093 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
5094 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
5095 | |
5096 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
5097 | |
5098 ;;;*** | |
5099 | |
5100 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
26724 | 5101 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134)) |
25876 | 5102 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
5103 | |
5104 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5105 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
5106 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
5107 which see." t nil) | |
5108 | |
5109 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5110 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
5111 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
5112 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
5113 | |
5114 ;;;*** | |
5115 | |
5116 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
5117 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
25998 | 5118 ;;;;;; (13957 59893)) |
25876 | 5119 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
5120 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
5121 | |
5122 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
5123 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
5124 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
5125 | |
5126 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5127 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
5128 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
5129 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
5130 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
5131 its command name. | |
5132 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
5133 | |
5134 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5135 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
5136 | |
5137 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5138 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
5139 | |
5140 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5141 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
5142 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
5143 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
5144 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
5145 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
5146 | |
5147 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
5148 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
5149 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
5150 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
5151 | |
5152 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5153 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
5154 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
5155 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
5156 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
5157 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
5158 | |
5159 ;;;*** | |
5160 | |
5161 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271 | |
25998 | 5162 ;;;;;; 33724)) |
25876 | 5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
5164 | |
5165 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ | |
5166 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
5167 | |
5168 ;;;*** | |
5169 | |
5170 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
25998 | 5171 ;;;;;; (13116 19762)) |
25876 | 5172 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
5173 | |
5174 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
5175 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
5176 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
5177 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
5178 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
5179 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
5180 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
5181 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
5182 | |
5183 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5184 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
5185 | |
5186 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
5187 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
5188 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
5189 this value is non-nil. | |
5190 | |
5191 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5192 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those | |
5193 things. | |
5194 | |
5195 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help | |
5196 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion') | |
5197 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) | |
5198 | |
5199 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
5200 | |
5201 ;;;*** | |
5202 | |
5203 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" | |
27321 | 5204 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947)) |
25876 | 5205 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el |
5206 | |
5207 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
5208 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
5209 | |
5210 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
5211 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
5212 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
5213 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
5214 from the documentation string if possible. | |
5215 | |
5216 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
5217 instead. | |
5218 | |
5219 This variable is buffer-local.") | |
5220 | |
5221 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
5222 *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
5223 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
5224 | |
5225 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
5226 of the mode. | |
5227 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
5228 the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
5229 | |
5230 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
5231 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
5232 | |
5233 ;;;*** | |
5234 | |
27949 | 5235 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495 |
5236 ;;;;;; 17971)) | |
26899 | 5237 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
5238 | |
5239 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
5240 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
5241 | |
5242 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
5243 an elided material again. | |
5244 | |
5245 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
5246 | |
5247 ;;;*** | |
5248 | |
25876 | 5249 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
25998 | 5250 ;;;;;; (13363 2909)) |
25876 | 5251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
5252 | |
5253 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
5254 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
5255 | |
5256 ;;;*** | |
5257 | |
5258 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package | |
5259 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) | |
25998 | 5260 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553)) |
25876 | 5261 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
5262 | |
5263 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
5264 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
5265 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5266 | |
5267 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\ | |
5268 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition. | |
5269 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5270 | |
5271 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
5272 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
5273 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
5274 | |
5275 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
5276 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
5277 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
5278 | |
5279 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
5280 | |
5281 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
5282 Display current profiling results. | |
5283 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
5284 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
5285 displayed." t nil) | |
5286 | |
5287 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\ | |
5288 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil) | |
5289 | |
5290 ;;;*** | |
5291 | |
5292 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
25998 | 5293 ;;;;;; (13649 21996)) |
25876 | 5294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
5295 | |
5296 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
5297 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
5298 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
5299 | |
5300 ;;;*** | |
5301 | |
5302 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5303 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
5304 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
5305 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
26724 | 5306 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903)) |
25876 | 5307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
5308 | |
5309 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
5310 | |
5311 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
5312 | |
5313 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
5314 | |
5315 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
5316 | |
5317 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
5318 | |
5319 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
5320 | |
5321 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
5322 | |
5323 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
5324 | |
5325 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
5326 | |
5327 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
5328 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
5329 | |
5330 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5331 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5332 | |
5333 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
5334 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
5335 | |
5336 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5337 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5338 | |
5339 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5340 | |
5341 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5342 | |
5343 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5344 | |
5345 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5346 | |
5347 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
5348 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
5349 | |
5350 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5351 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
5352 | |
5353 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
5354 | |
5355 ;;;*** | |
5356 | |
5357 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
27949 | 5358 ;;;;;; (14516 181)) |
25876 | 5359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
5360 | |
5361 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
5362 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
5363 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
5364 | |
5365 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
5366 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
5367 automatically. | |
5368 | |
5369 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
5370 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
5371 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
5372 | |
5373 ;;;*** | |
5374 | |
5375 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
27949 | 5376 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14513 4487)) |
25876 | 5377 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
5378 | |
5379 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
5380 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
5381 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
5382 text/enriched format. | |
5383 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
5384 | |
5385 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
5386 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
5387 | |
5388 Commands: | |
5389 | |
5390 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5391 | |
5392 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5393 | |
5394 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5395 | |
5396 ;;;*** | |
5397 | |
25998 | 5398 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516)) |
25876 | 5399 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el |
5400 | |
5401 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\ | |
5402 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE. | |
5403 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is | |
5404 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed. | |
5405 | |
5406 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable. | |
5407 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable | |
5408 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value. | |
5409 | |
5410 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil) | |
5411 | |
5412 ;;;*** | |
5413 | |
5414 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags | |
5415 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
5416 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
5417 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
5418 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list) | |
27321 | 5419 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14411 46114)) |
25876 | 5420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
5421 | |
5422 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
5423 *File name of tags table. | |
5424 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5425 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
5426 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5427 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
5428 | |
5429 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ | |
5430 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
5431 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
5432 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5433 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
5434 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5435 | |
5436 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | |
5437 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
5438 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
5439 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
5440 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
5441 | |
5442 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
5443 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
5444 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
5445 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
5446 | |
5447 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
5448 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
5449 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
5450 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
5451 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
5452 | |
5453 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5454 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
5455 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
5456 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
5457 | |
5458 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
5459 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
5460 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
5461 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
5462 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
5463 | |
5464 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
5465 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
5466 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
5467 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
5468 without directory names." nil nil) | |
5469 | |
5470 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
5471 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5472 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
5473 but does not select the buffer. | |
5474 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
5475 | |
5476 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5477 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5478 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5479 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5480 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5481 | |
5482 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5483 | |
5484 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5485 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5486 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5487 | |
5488 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5489 | |
5490 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5491 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5492 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
5493 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
5494 | |
5495 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5496 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5497 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5498 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5499 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5500 | |
5501 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5502 | |
5503 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5504 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5505 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5506 | |
5507 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5508 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
5509 | |
5510 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
5511 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5512 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
5513 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5514 around or before point. | |
5515 | |
5516 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5517 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5518 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5519 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5520 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5521 | |
5522 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5523 | |
5524 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5525 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5526 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5527 | |
5528 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5529 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
5530 | |
5531 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
5532 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5533 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
5534 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5535 around or before point. | |
5536 | |
5537 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5538 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5539 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5540 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5541 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5542 | |
5543 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5544 | |
5545 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5546 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5547 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5548 | |
5549 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5550 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
5551 | |
5552 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
5553 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
5554 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
5555 | |
5556 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5557 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5558 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5559 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5560 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5561 | |
5562 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
5563 | |
5564 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5565 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5566 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5567 | |
5568 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5569 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
5570 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
5571 | |
5572 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
5573 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
5574 | |
5575 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
5576 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
5577 where they were found." t nil) | |
5578 | |
5579 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
5580 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
5581 | |
5582 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
5583 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
5584 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
5585 | |
5586 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
5587 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
5588 | |
5589 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
5590 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
5591 | |
5592 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
5593 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
5594 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
5595 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
5596 | |
5597 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
5598 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
5599 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
5600 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
5601 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
5602 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
5603 | |
5604 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
5605 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
5606 Stops when a match is found. | |
5607 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5608 | |
5609 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5610 | |
5611 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
5612 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. | |
5613 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
5614 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
5615 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5616 | |
5617 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5618 | |
5619 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
5620 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
5621 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
5622 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
5623 directory specification." t nil) | |
5624 | |
5625 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
5626 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
5627 | |
5628 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5629 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
5630 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
5631 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
5632 | |
5633 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5634 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
5635 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
5636 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
5637 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
5638 | |
5639 ;;;*** | |
5640 | |
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
5642 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
5643 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
5644 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
5645 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
5646 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
5647 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal | |
5648 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" | |
25998 | 5649 ;;;;;; (14180 44101)) |
25876 | 5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
5651 | |
5652 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5653 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil) | |
5654 | |
5655 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
5656 | |
5657 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5658 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5659 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
5660 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5661 | |
5662 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
5663 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5664 language. | |
5665 | |
5666 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
5667 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
5668 | |
5669 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5670 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5671 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5672 | |
5673 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5674 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5675 | |
5676 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5677 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5678 | |
5679 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
5680 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5681 language. | |
5682 | |
5683 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
5684 buffer is read-only. | |
5685 | |
5686 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5687 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5688 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5689 | |
5690 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5691 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5692 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5693 | |
5694 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5695 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
5696 | |
5697 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
5698 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
5699 | |
5700 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
5701 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
5702 | |
5703 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5704 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5705 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
5706 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5707 | |
5708 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5709 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
5710 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5711 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5712 | |
5713 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
5714 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
5715 the primary language. | |
5716 | |
5717 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
5718 buffer is read-only. | |
5719 | |
5720 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5721 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5722 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5723 | |
5724 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5725 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
5726 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5727 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5728 | |
5729 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
5730 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
5731 primary language. | |
5732 | |
5733 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
5734 buffer is read-only. | |
5735 | |
5736 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5737 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5738 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5739 | |
5740 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5741 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5742 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5743 | |
5744 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5745 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
5746 | |
5747 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
5748 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
5749 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
5750 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
5751 | |
5752 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
5753 | |
5754 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5755 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
5756 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5757 | |
5758 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5759 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
5760 | |
5761 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5762 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
5763 | |
5764 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
5765 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
5766 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
5767 | |
5768 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
5769 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
5770 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
5771 | |
5772 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
5773 | |
5774 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5775 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
5776 | |
5777 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5778 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
5779 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
5780 | |
5781 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5782 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
5783 | |
5784 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5785 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
5786 | |
5787 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
5788 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
5789 | |
5790 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
5791 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
5792 | |
5793 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5794 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
5795 | |
5796 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5797 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
5798 | |
5799 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5800 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
5801 | |
5802 ;;;*** | |
5803 | |
27321 | 5804 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline |
5805 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | |
27326 | 5806 ;;;;;; (14463 3149)) |
27321 | 5807 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el |
5808 | |
5809 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | |
5810 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | |
5811 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default | |
5812 server for future sessions." t nil) | |
5813 | |
5814 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | |
5815 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
5816 | |
5817 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | |
5818 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
5819 | |
5820 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | |
5821 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | |
5822 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
5823 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. | |
5824 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | |
5825 individual inline query words with directory attribute names. | |
5826 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
5827 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
5828 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
5829 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | |
5830 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, | |
5831 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil) | |
5832 | |
5833 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | |
5834 Display a form to query the directory server. | |
5835 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | |
5836 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
5837 | |
5838 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | |
5839 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | |
5840 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil) | |
5841 | |
27326 | 5842 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) |
5843 | |
27321 | 5844 ;;;*** |
5845 | |
5846 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | |
5847 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) | |
5848 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599)) | |
5849 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el | |
5850 | |
5851 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5852 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil) | |
5853 | |
5854 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5855 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil) | |
5856 | |
5857 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5858 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil) | |
5859 | |
5860 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5861 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil) | |
5862 | |
5863 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5864 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil) | |
5865 | |
5866 ;;;*** | |
5867 | |
5868 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | |
5869 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168)) | |
5870 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el | |
5871 | |
5872 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | |
5873 Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | |
5874 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil) | |
5875 | |
5876 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | |
5877 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil) | |
5878 | |
5879 ;;;*** | |
5880 | |
5881 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | |
5882 ;;;;;; (14460 58176)) | |
5883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el | |
5884 | |
5885 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | |
5886 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil) | |
5887 | |
5888 ;;;*** | |
5889 | |
25876 | 5890 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) |
25998 | 5891 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734)) |
25876 | 5892 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
5893 | |
5894 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ | |
5895 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
5896 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
5897 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
5898 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
5899 executable." t nil) | |
5900 | |
5901 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
5902 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
5903 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
5904 | |
5905 ;;;*** | |
5906 | |
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
27321 | 5908 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506)) |
25876 | 5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
5910 | |
5911 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
5912 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
5913 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
5914 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
5915 | |
5916 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
5917 | |
5918 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
5919 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
5920 to generate such functions. | |
5921 | |
5922 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
5923 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
5924 beginning of the expanded text. | |
5925 | |
5926 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
5927 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
5928 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
5929 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
5930 | |
5931 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
5932 | |
5933 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
5934 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
5935 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
5936 | |
5937 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
5938 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
5939 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
5940 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
5941 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
5942 | |
5943 ;;;*** | |
5944 | |
27321 | 5945 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14398 36512)) |
25876 | 5946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
5947 | |
5948 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
5949 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
5950 | |
5951 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
5952 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
5953 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
5954 | |
5955 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
5956 | |
5957 Key definitions: | |
5958 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
5959 | |
5960 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
5961 | |
5962 f90-do-indent | |
5963 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
5964 f90-if-indent | |
5965 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
5966 f90-type-indent | |
5967 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
5968 f90-program-indent | |
5969 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
5970 (default 2) | |
5971 f90-continuation-indent | |
5972 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
5973 f90-comment-region | |
5974 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
5975 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
5976 f90-indented-comment-re | |
5977 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
5978 (default \"!\") | |
5979 f90-directive-comment-re | |
5980 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
5981 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
5982 f90-break-delimiters | |
5983 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
5984 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
5985 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
5986 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
5987 (default t) | |
5988 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
5989 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
5990 f90-smart-end | |
5991 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
5992 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
5993 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
5994 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
5995 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
5996 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
5997 f90-leave-line-no | |
5998 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
5999 f90-startup-message | |
6000 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
6001 f90-keywords-re | |
6002 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
6003 | |
6004 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
6005 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6006 | |
6007 ;;;*** | |
6008 | |
6009 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
6010 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
6011 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
6012 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
27949 | 6013 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14508 6392)) |
25876 | 6014 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
6015 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
6016 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
6017 | |
6018 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
6019 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
6020 | |
6021 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
6022 | |
6023 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
6024 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
6025 | |
6026 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
6027 | |
6028 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
6029 Menu keymap for background colors") | |
6030 | |
6031 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
6032 | |
27545 | 6033 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6034 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") |
6035 | |
6036 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
6037 | |
27545 | 6038 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6039 Submenu for text justification commands.") |
6040 | |
6041 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
6042 | |
27545 | 6043 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6044 Submenu for indentation commands.") |
6045 | |
6046 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
6047 | |
6048 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
6049 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
6050 | |
6051 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
6052 | |
27545 | 6053 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) |
6054 | |
6055 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
25876 | 6056 |
6057 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
6058 | |
6059 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
6060 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
6061 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
6062 will not show through at all will be removed. | |
6063 | |
6064 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. | |
6065 | |
6066 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
6067 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
6068 | |
6069 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6070 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6071 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6072 | |
6073 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
6074 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed. | |
6075 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). | |
6076 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6077 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6078 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6079 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6080 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6081 | |
6082 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
6083 Set the background color of the region or next character typed. | |
6084 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). | |
6085 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6086 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6087 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6088 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6089 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6090 | |
6091 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
6092 Set the face of the region or next character typed. | |
6093 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use | |
6094 is the menu item's name. | |
6095 | |
6096 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
6097 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
6098 | |
6099 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6100 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6101 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6102 | |
6103 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6104 Make the region invisible. | |
6105 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6106 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6107 | |
6108 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6109 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
6110 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6111 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6112 | |
6113 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
6114 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
6115 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
6116 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6117 | |
6118 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
6119 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
6120 | |
6121 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
6122 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
6123 | |
6124 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
6125 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
6126 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
6127 | |
6128 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
6129 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
6130 | |
6131 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
6132 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
6133 | |
6134 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
6135 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
6136 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
6137 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
6138 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
6139 | |
6140 ;;;*** | |
6141 | |
6142 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
27545 | 6143 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252)) |
25876 | 6144 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
6145 | |
6146 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6147 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
6148 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
6149 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
6150 | |
6151 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
6152 | |
6153 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
6154 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
6155 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
6156 | |
6157 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
6158 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
6159 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
6160 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
6161 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
6162 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
6163 | |
6164 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
6165 | |
6166 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
6167 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
6168 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
6169 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
6170 | |
6171 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6172 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
6173 | |
6174 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
6175 | |
6176 ;;;*** | |
6177 | |
6178 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
6179 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) | |
27321 | 6180 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092)) |
25876 | 6181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
6182 | |
6183 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ | |
6184 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
6185 | |
6186 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
6187 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
6188 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
6189 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
6190 | |
6191 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
6192 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
6193 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
6194 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
6195 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
6196 | |
6197 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
6198 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
6199 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
6200 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
6201 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
6202 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
6203 internally by feedmail): | |
6204 | |
6205 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
6206 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
6207 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
6208 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
6209 | |
6210 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
6211 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
6212 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
6213 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
6214 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
6215 | |
6216 ;;;*** | |
6217 | |
26899 | 6218 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point |
26963 | 6219 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705)) |
25876 | 6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
6221 | |
6222 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
6223 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
6224 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
6225 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
6226 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
6227 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
6228 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
6229 | |
6230 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
6231 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
6232 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
6233 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
6234 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
6235 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
6236 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
6237 | |
6238 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
26899 | 6239 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
25876 | 6240 |
6241 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
6242 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
6243 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
6244 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
6245 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
6246 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
6247 | |
6248 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
6249 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
6250 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
6251 Return value: | |
6252 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
6253 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
6254 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
6255 | |
6256 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
6257 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
6258 | |
6259 ;;;*** | |
6260 | |
6261 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
27321 | 6262 ;;;;;; (14332 47695)) |
25876 | 6263 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
6264 | |
6265 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
6266 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
6267 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
6268 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
6269 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, | |
6270 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
6271 \(directories) is done." t nil) | |
6272 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6273 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6274 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6275 | |
6276 ;;;*** | |
6277 | |
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
26724 | 6279 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903)) |
25876 | 6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
6281 | |
6282 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
6283 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
6284 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
6285 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
6286 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
6287 | |
6288 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
6289 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
6290 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
6291 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
6292 | |
6293 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6294 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
6295 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6296 | |
6297 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
6298 | |
6299 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
6300 as the final argument." t nil) | |
6301 | |
6302 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6303 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
6304 and run dired on those files. | |
6305 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
6306 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6307 | |
6308 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
6309 | |
6310 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6311 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
6312 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6313 | |
6314 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
6315 | |
6316 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
6317 | |
6318 ;;;*** | |
6319 | |
6320 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
6321 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
27321 | 6322 ;;;;;; (13670 3046)) |
25876 | 6323 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el |
6324 | |
6325 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6326 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6327 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;. | |
6328 | |
6329 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
6330 | |
6331 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6332 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6333 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
6334 | |
6335 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
6336 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
6337 | |
6338 Variables of interest include: | |
6339 | |
6340 - ff-case-fold-search | |
6341 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search). | |
6342 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. | |
6343 | |
6344 - ff-always-in-other-window | |
6345 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an | |
6346 argument is given to ff-find-other-file. | |
6347 | |
6348 - ff-ignore-include | |
6349 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. | |
6350 | |
6351 - ff-always-try-to-create | |
6352 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. | |
6353 | |
6354 - ff-quiet-mode | |
6355 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. | |
6356 | |
6357 - ff-special-constructs | |
6358 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
6359 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
6360 extracting the filename from that construct. | |
6361 | |
6362 - ff-other-file-alist | |
6363 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. | |
6364 | |
6365 - ff-search-directories | |
6366 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in | |
6367 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension. | |
6368 | |
6369 - ff-pre-find-hooks | |
6370 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. | |
6371 | |
6372 - ff-pre-load-hooks | |
6373 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. | |
6374 | |
6375 - ff-post-load-hooks | |
6376 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. | |
6377 | |
6378 - ff-not-found-hooks | |
6379 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. | |
6380 | |
6381 - ff-file-created-hooks | |
6382 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) | |
6383 | |
6384 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6385 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6386 | |
6387 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
6388 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6389 | |
6390 ;;;*** | |
6391 | |
6392 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
6393 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
6394 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
6395 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
6396 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
26724 | 6397 ;;;;;; (14398 37514)) |
25876 | 6398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
6399 | |
6400 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6401 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
6402 | |
6403 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
6404 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6405 not selected. | |
6406 | |
6407 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
6408 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
6409 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6410 | |
6411 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
6412 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
6413 | |
6414 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
6415 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6416 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6417 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6418 | |
6419 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
6420 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6421 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6422 | |
6423 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6424 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6425 | |
6426 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6427 | |
6428 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6429 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6430 | |
6431 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6432 | |
6433 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6434 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
6435 | |
6436 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
6437 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6438 not selected. | |
6439 | |
6440 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6441 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6442 | |
6443 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
6444 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
6445 | |
6446 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
6447 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6448 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6449 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6450 | |
6451 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6452 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6453 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6454 | |
6455 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6456 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6457 | |
6458 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6459 | |
6460 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6461 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6462 | |
6463 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6464 | |
6465 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
6466 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
6467 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
6468 | |
6469 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6470 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6471 | |
6472 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6473 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6474 | |
6475 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
6476 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
6477 | |
6478 ;;;*** | |
6479 | |
6480 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" | |
25998 | 6481 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
25876 | 6482 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
6483 | |
6484 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6485 Toggle flow control handling. | |
6486 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
6487 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
6488 | |
6489 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6490 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
6491 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
6492 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
6493 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
6494 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
6495 | |
6496 ;;;*** | |
6497 | |
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" | |
27949 | 6499 ;;;;;; (14512 26322)) |
25876 | 6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
6501 | |
6502 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
6503 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
6504 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
6505 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
6506 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
6507 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
6508 | |
6509 Bindings: | |
6510 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
6511 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
6512 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
6513 | |
6514 Hooks: | |
6515 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
6516 | |
6517 Remark: | |
6518 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
6519 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
6520 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
6521 | |
6522 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
6523 consider adding: | |
6524 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
6525 in your .emacs file. | |
6526 | |
6527 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
6528 | |
6529 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
6530 | |
6531 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ | |
6532 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
6533 | |
6534 ;;;*** | |
6535 | |
6536 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
6537 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
27321 | 6538 ;;;;;; (14392 8455)) |
25876 | 6539 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
6540 | |
6541 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6542 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
6543 | |
6544 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6545 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
6546 | |
6547 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6548 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
6549 | |
6550 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
6551 of two major techniques: | |
6552 | |
6553 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
6554 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
6555 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
6556 | |
6557 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
6558 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
6559 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
6560 movement commands. | |
6561 | |
6562 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
6563 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
6564 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
6565 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
6566 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
6567 mileage may vary). | |
6568 | |
6569 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
6570 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
6571 | |
6572 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
6573 | |
6574 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
6575 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
6576 \(This is the default.) | |
6577 | |
6578 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
6579 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
6580 | |
6581 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
6582 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
6583 | |
6584 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
6585 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
6586 | |
6587 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
6588 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
6589 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
6590 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
6591 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
6592 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
6593 | |
6594 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
6595 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
6596 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
6597 | |
6598 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
6599 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
6600 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
6601 | |
6602 ;;;*** | |
6603 | |
6604 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
26899 | 6605 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords |
6606 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" | |
27949 | 6607 ;;;;;; (14522 33623)) |
25876 | 6608 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
6609 | |
6610 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\ | |
6611 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.") | |
6612 | |
6613 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ | |
6614 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
6615 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
6616 | |
6617 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
6618 | |
6619 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
6620 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
6621 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
6622 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
6623 | |
6624 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in | |
6625 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6626 | |
6627 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
6628 | |
6629 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
6630 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
6631 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6632 | |
6633 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
6634 | |
6635 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
6636 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
6637 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
6638 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
6639 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
6640 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
6641 | |
6642 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
6643 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6644 | |
6645 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
6646 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
6647 | |
6648 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
6649 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
6650 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
6651 | |
6652 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
6653 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
6654 | |
6655 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
6656 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
6657 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
6658 | |
6659 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
6660 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
6661 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
6662 | |
6663 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
6664 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally. | |
6665 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil) | |
6666 | |
6667 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
26899 | 6668 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
6669 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
25876 | 6670 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
6671 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
6672 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
6673 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
6674 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
6675 end of the current highlighting list. | |
6676 | |
6677 For example: | |
6678 | |
6679 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
6680 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
6681 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
6682 | |
6683 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
6684 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
6685 | |
6686 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., | |
6687 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
6688 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
6689 | |
26899 | 6690 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
27949 | 6691 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
6692 | |
6693 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
26963 | 6694 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil) |
26899 | 6695 |
25876 | 6696 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
6697 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6698 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
6699 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil. | |
6700 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on). | |
6701 | |
6702 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6703 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil) | |
6704 | |
25998 | 6705 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
6706 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6707 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6708 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'. | |
6709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
6710 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
6711 | |
6712 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
6713 | |
6714 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
6715 | |
25876 | 6716 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
26724 | 6717 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
25876 | 6718 |
6719 ;;;*** | |
6720 | |
6721 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
27949 | 6722 ;;;;;; (14495 18024)) |
25876 | 6723 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
6724 | |
6725 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
6726 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
6727 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
6728 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
6729 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
6730 | |
6731 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles | |
6732 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles. | |
6733 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from | |
6734 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT | |
6735 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant | |
6736 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set. | |
6737 | |
6738 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
6739 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
6740 | |
6741 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
6742 | |
6743 ;;;*** | |
6744 | |
27949 | 6745 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517 |
6746 ;;;;;; 9680)) | |
26963 | 6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el |
6748 | |
6749 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
6750 Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
6751 \\<message-mode-map> | |
6752 key binding | |
6753 --- ------- | |
6754 | |
6755 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
6756 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
6757 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
6758 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
6759 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
6760 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
6761 " t nil) | |
6762 | |
6763 ;;;*** | |
6764 | |
25876 | 6765 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
26724 | 6766 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540)) |
25876 | 6767 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
6768 | |
6769 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
6770 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
6771 | |
6772 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
6773 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
6774 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
6775 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
6776 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
6777 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
6778 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
6779 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
6780 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
6781 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
6782 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
6783 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
6784 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
6785 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
6786 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
6787 " t nil) | |
6788 | |
6789 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
6790 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
6791 | |
6792 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
6793 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
6794 | |
6795 ;;;*** | |
6796 | |
6797 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
27545 | 6798 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14477 53257)) |
25876 | 6799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
6800 | |
6801 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
6802 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
6803 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
6804 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
6805 with a character in column 6.") | |
6806 | |
6807 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
6808 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
6809 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
6810 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
6811 | |
6812 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
6813 Fortran keywords. | |
6814 | |
6815 Key definitions: | |
6816 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
6817 | |
6818 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6819 | |
6820 `comment-start' | |
6821 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments | |
6822 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\". | |
6823 `fortran-do-indent' | |
6824 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6825 `fortran-if-indent' | |
6826 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
6827 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
6828 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
6829 (default 3) | |
6830 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
6831 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
6832 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
6833 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
6834 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
6835 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
6836 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
6837 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
6838 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6839 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
6840 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
6841 indentation for a line of code. | |
6842 (default 'fixed) | |
6843 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
6844 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
6845 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
6846 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
6847 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
6848 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6849 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
6850 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
6851 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
6852 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
6853 column 5. (default 1) | |
6854 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
6855 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
6856 statements. (default nil) | |
6857 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
6858 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
6859 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
6860 statement. (default nil) | |
6861 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
6862 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
6863 line. (default \"$\") | |
6864 `fortran-comment-region' | |
6865 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6866 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
6867 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
6868 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
6869 as typed. (default t) | |
6870 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
26724 | 6871 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
25876 | 6872 (default t) |
6873 | |
6874 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
6875 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6876 | |
6877 ;;;*** | |
6878 | |
6879 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | |
25998 | 6880 ;;;;;; (13973 3308)) |
25876 | 6881 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
6882 | |
6883 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
6884 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
6885 | |
6886 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
6887 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
6888 | |
6889 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
6890 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
6891 function. | |
6892 | |
6893 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
6894 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
6895 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
6896 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the | |
6897 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively. | |
6898 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. | |
6899 | |
6900 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
6901 Each keyword should be a string. | |
6902 | |
6903 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
6904 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
6905 | |
6906 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist. | |
6907 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
6908 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. | |
6909 | |
6910 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
6911 | |
6912 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
6913 | |
6914 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
6915 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
6916 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
6917 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
6918 | |
6919 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
6920 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
6921 | |
6922 ;;;*** | |
6923 | |
27545 | 6924 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" |
6925 ;;;;;; (14480 59906)) | |
6926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el | |
6927 | |
6928 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | |
6929 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | |
6930 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | |
6931 at places they belong to." t nil) | |
6932 | |
6933 ;;;*** | |
6934 | |
25876 | 6935 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server |
27321 | 6936 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411)) |
25876 | 6937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el |
6938 | |
6939 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
6940 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
6941 | |
6942 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
6943 Read network news. | |
6944 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
6945 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
6946 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
6947 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
6948 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
6949 | |
6950 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
6951 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
6952 | |
6953 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
6954 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
6955 | |
6956 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
6957 Read network news. | |
6958 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
6959 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
6960 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
6961 | |
6962 ;;;*** | |
6963 | |
6964 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
6965 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
25998 | 6966 ;;;;;; (14030 49649)) |
25876 | 6967 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
6968 | |
6969 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6970 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
6971 | |
6972 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6973 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
6974 | |
6975 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6976 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
6977 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
6978 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
6979 | |
6980 \(gnus-agentize) | |
6981 | |
6982 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
6983 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
6984 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
6985 | |
6986 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6987 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
6988 | |
6989 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
6990 | |
6991 ;;;*** | |
6992 | |
6993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" | |
27321 | 6994 ;;;;;; (14030 49288)) |
25876 | 6995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el |
6996 | |
6997 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
6998 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil) | |
6999 | |
7000 ;;;*** | |
7001 | |
7002 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
7003 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030 | |
27321 | 7004 ;;;;;; 49293)) |
25876 | 7005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el |
7006 | |
7007 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7008 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
7009 | |
7010 Usage: | |
7011 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
7012 | |
7013 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7014 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
7015 | |
7016 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7017 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
7018 | |
7019 ;;;*** | |
7020 | |
7021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
25998 | 7022 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552)) |
25876 | 7023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
7024 | |
7025 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7026 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
7027 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
7028 | |
7029 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7030 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
7031 | |
7032 ;;;*** | |
7033 | |
7034 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
27321 | 7035 ;;;;;; (14030 49328)) |
25876 | 7036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el |
7037 | |
7038 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
7039 | |
7040 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
7041 Run batched scoring. | |
7042 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
7043 | |
7044 ;;;*** | |
7045 | |
7046 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" | |
27321 | 7047 ;;;;;; (14030 49334)) |
25876 | 7048 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el |
7049 | |
7050 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
7051 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
7052 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
7053 | |
7054 ;;;*** | |
7055 | |
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" | |
25998 | 7057 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540)) |
25876 | 7058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
7059 | |
7060 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
7061 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
7062 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
7063 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as | |
7064 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil) | |
7065 | |
7066 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
7067 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil) | |
7068 | |
7069 ;;;*** | |
7070 | |
7071 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" | |
27321 | 7072 ;;;;;; (14030 49357)) |
25876 | 7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el |
7074 | |
7075 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
7076 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
7077 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
7078 for matching on group names. | |
7079 | |
7080 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
7081 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
7082 | |
7083 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
7084 | |
7085 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
7086 | |
7087 ;;;*** | |
7088 | |
7089 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
27321 | 7090 ;;;;;; (14030 49359)) |
25876 | 7091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el |
7092 | |
7093 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
7094 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
7095 | |
7096 ;;;*** | |
7097 | |
7098 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
26724 | 7099 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937)) |
25876 | 7100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
7101 | |
7102 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
7103 Unload all Gnus features." t nil) | |
7104 | |
7105 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
7106 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
7107 | |
7108 ;;;*** | |
7109 | |
7110 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
27321 | 7111 ;;;;;; (14030 49407)) |
25876 | 7112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el |
7113 | |
7114 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
7115 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
7116 | |
7117 ;;;*** | |
7118 | |
25998 | 7119 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566)) |
25876 | 7120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
7121 | |
7122 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
7123 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
7124 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
7125 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
7126 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
7127 | |
7128 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
7129 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
7130 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
7131 | |
7132 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
7133 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
7134 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
7135 | |
7136 ;;;*** | |
7137 | |
7138 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
26724 | 7139 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (14385 24830)) |
25876 | 7140 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el |
7141 | |
7142 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7143 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
7144 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
7145 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
7146 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
7147 | |
7148 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7149 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
7150 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
7151 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
7152 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
7153 | |
7154 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7155 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
7156 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
7157 or to send e-mail. | |
7158 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
7159 | |
7160 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
7161 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
7162 | |
7163 ;;;*** | |
7164 | |
25998 | 7165 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906)) |
25876 | 7166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
7167 | |
7168 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
7169 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
7170 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
7171 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
7172 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
7173 | |
7174 ;;;*** | |
7175 | |
7176 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
27949 | 7177 ;;;;;; (14517 9487)) |
25876 | 7178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
7179 | |
7180 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
7181 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7182 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7183 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7184 | |
7185 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
7186 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7187 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7188 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7189 | |
7190 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
7191 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7192 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7193 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7194 | |
7195 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
7196 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7197 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7198 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
7199 | |
7200 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
7201 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
7202 | |
7203 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
7204 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7205 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7206 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7207 | |
7208 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
7209 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
7210 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7211 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7212 | |
7213 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
7214 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
7215 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
7216 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
7217 between it and it's value." t nil) | |
7218 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
7219 | |
7220 ;;;*** | |
7221 | |
7222 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033 | |
25998 | 7223 ;;;;;; 23942)) |
25876 | 7224 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
7225 | |
7226 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
7227 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
7228 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
7229 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
7230 | |
7231 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
7232 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
7233 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
7234 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
7235 | |
7236 ;;;*** | |
7237 | |
25998 | 7238 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
7239 ;;;;;; (14268 8415)) | |
25876 | 7240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
7241 | |
7242 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 7243 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
7244 | |
7245 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
7246 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
7247 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
7248 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
7249 | |
7250 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
7251 | |
7252 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
7253 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
7254 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
7255 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
7256 to be updated." t nil) | |
7257 | |
7258 ;;;*** | |
7259 | |
7260 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" | |
7261 ;;;;;; (14264 39262)) | |
25876 | 7262 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
7263 | |
7264 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
7265 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
7266 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
7267 and window listing and describing the options. | |
7268 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
7269 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
7270 | |
7271 ;;;*** | |
7272 | |
7273 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | |
27949 | 7274 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602)) |
25876 | 7275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el |
7276 | |
7277 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
7278 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
7279 | |
7280 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
7281 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
7282 | |
7283 ;;;*** | |
7284 | |
7285 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
25998 | 7286 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064)) |
25876 | 7287 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
7288 | |
7289 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 7290 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
7291 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
7292 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
7293 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 7294 |
7295 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
7296 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
7297 | |
7298 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
7299 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
7300 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
7301 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
7302 | |
7303 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
7304 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
7305 periods. | |
7306 | |
7307 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
7308 in hexl format. | |
7309 | |
7310 A sample format: | |
7311 | |
7312 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
7313 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
7314 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
7315 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
7316 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
7317 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
7318 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
7319 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
7320 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
7321 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
7322 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
7323 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
7324 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
7325 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
7326 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
7327 | |
7328 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
7329 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
7330 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
7331 | |
7332 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
7333 also supported. | |
7334 | |
7335 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
7336 | |
7337 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
7338 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
7339 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
7340 | |
7341 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
7342 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
7343 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
7344 | |
7345 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
7346 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7347 | |
7348 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
7349 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7350 | |
7351 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
7352 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7353 | |
7354 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
7355 | |
7356 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
7357 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
7358 | |
25998 | 7359 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 7360 |
7361 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
7362 | |
7363 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
7364 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
7365 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
7366 | |
7367 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
7368 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
7369 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
7370 | |
7371 ;;;*** | |
7372 | |
7373 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially | |
27321 | 7374 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886)) |
25876 | 7375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
7376 | |
25998 | 7377 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
7378 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
7379 | |
25876 | 7380 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
7381 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
7382 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
7383 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
7384 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
7385 how the hiding is done: | |
7386 | |
7387 hide-ifdef-env | |
7388 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
7389 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7390 is used. | |
7391 | |
7392 hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
7393 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
7394 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7395 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7396 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
7397 | |
7398 hide-ifdef-lines | |
7399 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
7400 #endif lines when hiding. | |
7401 | |
7402 hide-ifdef-initially | |
7403 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
7404 is activated. | |
7405 | |
7406 hide-ifdef-read-only | |
7407 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
7408 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
7409 | |
7410 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7411 | |
7412 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
7413 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
7414 | |
7415 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
7416 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
7417 | |
7418 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
7419 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
7420 | |
7421 ;;;*** | |
7422 | |
27016 | 7423 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
27949 | 7424 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322)) |
25876 | 7425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
7426 | |
7427 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
27016 | 7428 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
7429 | |
7430 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
25876 | 7431 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
27016 | 7432 Each element has the form |
25876 | 7433 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
27016 | 7434 |
7435 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | |
7436 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
7437 | |
7438 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
7439 defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
7440 | |
7441 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | |
7442 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
7443 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
7444 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For | |
7445 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
7446 | |
7447 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | |
7448 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
7449 | |
7450 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | |
7451 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
7452 | |
7453 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
7454 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
7455 whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
25876 | 7456 |
7457 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
7458 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
7459 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
7460 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
7461 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
7462 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
7463 | |
7464 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
27016 | 7465 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also |
7466 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. | |
25876 | 7467 |
7468 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
7469 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
7470 | |
27949 | 7471 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. |
7472 | |
25876 | 7473 Key bindings: |
7474 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7475 | |
7476 ;;;*** | |
7477 | |
7478 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
7479 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
7480 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
25998 | 7481 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009)) |
25876 | 7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
7483 | |
25998 | 7484 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
7485 | |
25876 | 7486 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
7487 Remove the change face from the region. | |
7488 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) | |
7489 | |
7490 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7491 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
7492 | |
7493 Without an argument, | |
7494 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active | |
7495 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state); | |
7496 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states. | |
7497 | |
7498 With an argument, | |
7499 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active; | |
7500 with a zero argument, set state to passive; | |
7501 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
7502 | |
7503 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
7504 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are | |
7505 not displayed in a different face. | |
7506 | |
7507 Functions: | |
7508 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
7509 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
7510 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
7511 buffer with the contents of a file | |
7512 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
7513 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
7514 various faces. | |
7515 | |
7516 | |
7517 Hook variables: | |
7518 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled. | |
7519 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state | |
7520 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode. | |
7521 " t nil) | |
7522 | |
7523 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7524 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
7525 | |
7526 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7527 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
7528 | |
7529 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7530 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
7531 | |
7532 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element | |
7533 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the | |
7534 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain | |
7535 shown in the last face in the list. | |
7536 | |
7537 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
7538 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the | |
7539 buffer to be saved): | |
7540 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces) | |
7541 " t nil) | |
7542 | |
7543 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7544 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
7545 | |
7546 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
7547 and not in read-only mode. | |
7548 | |
7549 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default | |
7550 when called interactively. | |
7551 | |
7552 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will | |
7553 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in | |
7554 temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
7555 | |
7556 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
7557 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
7558 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) | |
7559 | |
7560 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7561 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
7562 | |
7563 When called interactively: | |
7564 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
7565 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
7566 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
7567 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
7568 | |
7569 When called from a program: | |
7570 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
7571 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode | |
7572 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode | |
7573 - otherwise just turn it on | |
7574 | |
7575 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
7576 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
7577 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
7578 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) | |
7579 | |
7580 ;;;*** | |
7581 | |
7582 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
7583 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
7584 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
26724 | 7585 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
7586 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488)) | |
25876 | 7587 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
7588 | |
7589 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
7590 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
7591 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
7592 or insert functions in this list.") | |
7593 | |
7594 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
7595 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
7596 | |
7597 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
7598 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
7599 | |
7600 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
7601 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
7602 | |
7603 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
7604 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
7605 | |
7606 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
7607 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
7608 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
7609 | |
7610 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
7611 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
7612 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
7613 \(as atoms)") | |
7614 | |
7615 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
7616 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
7617 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
7618 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
7619 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
7620 | |
7621 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
7622 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
7623 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
7624 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
7625 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
7626 expansions. | |
7627 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
7628 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
7629 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
7630 | |
7631 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
7632 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
7633 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
7634 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
7635 | |
7636 ;;;*** | |
7637 | |
25998 | 7638 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" |
27321 | 7639 ;;;;;; (14454 80)) |
25998 | 7640 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el |
7641 | |
7642 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\ | |
27321 | 7643 Toggle Hl-Line mode. |
7644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
7645 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.") | |
25998 | 7646 |
7647 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7648 | |
7649 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
7650 | |
7651 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
27321 | 7652 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. |
25998 | 7653 |
7654 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
7655 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
7656 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
7657 | |
7658 ;;;*** | |
7659 | |
25876 | 7660 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
7661 ;;;;;; (13462 53924)) | |
7662 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | |
7663 | |
7664 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
7665 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
7666 | |
7667 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
7668 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
7669 | |
7670 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
7671 | |
7672 ;;;*** | |
7673 | |
7674 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
27321 | 7675 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81)) |
25876 | 7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el |
7677 | |
7678 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7679 This function is obsolete." nil nil) |
25876 | 7680 |
7681 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7682 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7683 |
7684 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7685 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7686 |
7687 ;;;*** | |
7688 | |
7689 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
27321 | 7690 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840)) |
25876 | 7691 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
7692 | |
7693 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
7694 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | |
7695 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil) | |
7696 | |
7697 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
7698 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
7699 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
7700 | |
7701 ;;;*** | |
7702 | |
25998 | 7703 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403)) |
25876 | 7704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
7705 | |
7706 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
7707 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
7708 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
7709 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
7710 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
7711 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
7712 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
7713 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
7714 icon-tab-always-indent | |
7715 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
7716 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
7717 icon-auto-newline | |
7718 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
7719 inserted in Icon code. | |
7720 icon-indent-level | |
7721 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
7722 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
7723 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
7724 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
7725 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
7726 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
7727 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
7728 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
7729 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
7730 icon-brace-offset | |
7731 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
7732 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
7733 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
7734 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
7735 | |
7736 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
7737 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7738 | |
7739 ;;;*** | |
7740 | |
27321 | 7741 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" |
27949 | 7742 ;;;;;; (14495 18053)) |
27321 | 7743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el |
7744 | |
7745 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | |
7746 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
7747 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
7748 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
7749 | |
7750 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
7751 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
7752 separate frames. | |
7753 | |
7754 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. | |
7755 | |
7756 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
7757 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
7758 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
7759 | |
7760 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
7761 | |
7762 ;;;*** | |
7763 | |
27016 | 7764 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
27949 | 7765 ;;;;;; (14495 18054)) |
27016 | 7766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el |
7767 | |
7768 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
7769 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
7770 | |
7771 The main features of this mode are | |
7772 | |
7773 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
7774 -------------------------- | |
7775 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
7776 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
7777 | |
7778 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also | |
7779 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. | |
7780 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at | |
7781 that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
7782 | |
7783 Comments are indented as follows: | |
7784 | |
7785 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
7786 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
7787 `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
7788 | |
7789 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
7790 | |
7791 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation | |
7792 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be | |
7793 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. | |
7794 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code | |
7795 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). | |
7796 | |
7797 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
7798 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. | |
7799 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
7800 | |
7801 2. Routine Info | |
7802 ------------ | |
7803 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted | |
7804 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info]. | |
7805 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. | |
7806 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode | |
7807 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules | |
7808 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
7809 information, which is also used for completion (see next item). | |
7810 | |
7811 3. Completion | |
7812 ---------- | |
7813 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and | |
7814 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what | |
7815 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case | |
7816 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or | |
7817 upper case. | |
7818 | |
7819 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations | |
7820 -------------------------------- | |
7821 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
7822 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
7823 | |
7824 \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
7825 \\fu FUNCTION template | |
7826 \\c CASE statement template | |
7827 \\f FOR loop template | |
7828 \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
7829 \\w WHILE loop template | |
7830 \\i IF statement template | |
7831 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
7832 \\b BEGIN | |
7833 | |
7834 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
7835 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
7836 | |
7837 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
7838 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
7839 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
7840 | |
7841 5. Automatic Case Conversion | |
7842 ------------------------- | |
7843 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
7844 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
7845 | |
7846 6. Automatic END completion | |
7847 ------------------------ | |
7848 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
7849 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
7850 | |
7851 7. Hooks | |
7852 ----- | |
7853 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
7854 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
7855 | |
7856 8. Documentation and Customization | |
7857 ------------------------------- | |
7858 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info] | |
7859 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). | |
7860 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's | |
7861 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. | |
7862 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
7863 | |
7864 9. Keybindings | |
7865 ----------- | |
7866 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
7867 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
7868 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
7869 | |
7870 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7871 | |
7872 ;;;*** | |
7873 | |
25998 | 7874 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263)) |
25876 | 7875 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
7876 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
7877 | |
7878 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
7879 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
7880 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
7881 | |
7882 ;;;*** | |
7883 | |
7884 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image | |
27321 | 7885 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header |
27949 | 7886 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14524 62778)) |
25876 | 7887 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
7888 | |
27321 | 7889 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ |
7890 Determine the image type from image data DATA. | |
7891 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | |
7892 be determined." nil nil) | |
7893 | |
25876 | 7894 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ |
7895 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
7896 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
7897 be determined." nil nil) | |
7898 | |
7899 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
7900 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
7901 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
7902 | |
7903 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
27321 | 7904 Create an image. |
7905 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | |
25876 | 7906 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted |
27321 | 7907 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes |
7908 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | |
7909 use its file extension.as image type. | |
7910 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. | |
25876 | 7911 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, |
7912 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'. | |
7913 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) | |
7914 | |
7915 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 7916 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 7917 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 7918 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
7919 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
7920 image. | |
25876 | 7921 POS may be an integer or marker. |
7922 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
7923 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
7924 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 7925 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 7926 |
7927 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
7928 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 7929 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
7930 with a `display' property whose value is the image. | |
25876 | 7931 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
7932 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
7933 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 7934 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 7935 |
7936 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
7937 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
7938 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
7939 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
7940 | |
7941 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ | |
7942 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
7943 | |
7944 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
7945 documentation string. | |
7946 | |
7947 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
7948 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
27321 | 7949 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
7950 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
7951 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
7952 string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
7953 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
7954 define SYMBOL. | |
25876 | 7955 |
7956 Example: | |
7957 | |
7958 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
7959 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
7960 | |
7961 ;;;*** | |
7962 | |
7963 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar | |
25998 | 7964 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489)) |
25876 | 7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
7966 | |
7967 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
7968 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
7969 | |
7970 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
7971 | |
7972 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
7973 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
7974 in the buffer. | |
7975 | |
7976 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
7977 | |
7978 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
7979 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
7980 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
7981 | |
7982 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
7983 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
7984 | |
7985 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
7986 to create a buffer index. | |
7987 | |
7988 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
7989 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
7990 or like this: | |
7991 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
7992 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
7993 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
7994 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...) | |
7995 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
7996 | |
7997 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
7998 entries are not nested. | |
7999 | |
8000 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
8001 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
8002 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
8003 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
8004 | |
8005 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
8006 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
8007 | |
8008 The variable is buffer-local. | |
8009 | |
8010 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
8011 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | |
8012 used to alter the syntax table for the search. | |
8013 | |
8014 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
8015 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set | |
8016 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\" | |
8017 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.") | |
8018 | |
8019 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
8020 | |
8021 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
8022 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
8023 | |
8024 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
8025 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
8026 | |
8027 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
8028 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
8029 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
8030 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
8031 if it is a sub-alist. | |
8032 | |
8033 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
8034 | |
8035 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
8036 | |
8037 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
8038 | |
8039 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
8040 Function for finding the next index position. | |
8041 | |
8042 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
8043 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
8044 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
8045 file. | |
8046 | |
8047 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
8048 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
8049 | |
8050 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8051 | |
8052 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
8053 | |
8054 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
8055 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
8056 | |
8057 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
8058 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
8059 It should return the name for that index item. | |
8060 | |
8061 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8062 | |
8063 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
8064 | |
25998 | 8065 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
8066 Function to compare string with index item. | |
8067 | |
8068 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
8069 non-nil if they match. | |
8070 | |
8071 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
8072 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
8073 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
8074 arguments match\". | |
8075 | |
8076 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8077 | |
8078 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
8079 | |
25876 | 8080 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
8081 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
8082 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
8083 | |
8084 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
8085 | |
8086 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) | |
8087 | |
8088 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
8089 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
8090 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
8091 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
8092 | |
8093 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
8094 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
8095 | |
8096 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
8097 | |
8098 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
8099 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
8100 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
8101 for more information." t nil) | |
8102 | |
8103 ;;;*** | |
8104 | |
25998 | 8105 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
8106 ;;;;;; (13898 16429)) | |
8107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el | |
25876 | 8108 |
8109 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
8110 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
8111 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
8112 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword | |
8113 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") | |
8114 | |
8115 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
8116 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
8117 | |
8118 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
8119 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
8120 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
8121 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
8122 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
8123 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
8124 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
8125 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
8126 | |
8127 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
8128 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
8129 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
8130 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
8131 Inferior Lisp buffer. | |
8132 | |
8133 More precise choices: | |
8134 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
8135 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
8136 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
8137 | |
8138 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
8139 | |
8140 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
8141 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
8142 | |
8143 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
8144 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
8145 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
8146 to that buffer. | |
8147 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
8148 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
8149 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
8150 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
8151 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
8152 | |
8153 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
8154 | |
8155 ;;;*** | |
8156 | |
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
8158 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window) | |
27545 | 8159 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14485 39769)) |
25876 | 8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
8161 | |
8162 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
8163 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
8164 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
8165 | |
8166 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
8167 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
8168 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
8169 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 8170 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
8171 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 8172 |
8173 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
8174 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
8175 | |
8176 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
8177 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' | |
8178 in all the directories in that path." t nil) | |
8179 | |
8180 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
8181 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
8182 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
8183 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
8184 | |
8185 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ | |
8186 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
8187 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
8188 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
8189 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
8190 | |
8191 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
8192 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string. | |
8193 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read. | |
8194 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
8195 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
8196 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
8197 | |
8198 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
8199 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
8200 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
8201 | |
8202 ;;;*** | |
8203 | |
8204 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
8205 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
25998 | 8206 ;;;;;; (14272 15606)) |
25876 | 8207 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
8208 | |
8209 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
8210 Throw away all cached data. | |
8211 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
8212 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
8213 system." t nil) | |
8214 | |
8215 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
8216 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
8217 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
8218 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
8219 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 8220 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
8221 | |
8222 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 8223 |
8224 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
8225 Display the documentation of a file. | |
8226 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
8227 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
8228 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 8229 The default file name is the one found at point. |
8230 | |
8231 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 8232 |
8233 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
8234 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
8235 | |
8236 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
8237 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
8238 | |
8239 ;;;*** | |
8240 | |
8241 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
25998 | 8242 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724)) |
25876 | 8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
8244 | |
8245 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
8246 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
8247 | |
8248 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
8249 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
8250 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
8251 | |
8252 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
8253 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
8254 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
8255 | |
8256 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
8257 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
8258 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
8259 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
8260 | |
8261 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
8262 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
8263 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
8264 | |
8265 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
8266 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
8267 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
8268 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
8269 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
8270 | |
8271 ;;;*** | |
8272 | |
8273 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
8274 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
25998 | 8275 ;;;;;; (13770 35556)) |
25876 | 8276 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
8277 | |
8278 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
8279 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
8280 | |
8281 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
8282 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
8283 | |
8284 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
8285 | |
8286 ;;;*** | |
8287 | |
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
27321 | 8289 ;;;;;; (14388 10886)) |
25876 | 8290 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
8291 | |
8292 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
8293 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
8294 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
8295 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
8296 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
8297 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
8298 | |
8299 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
8300 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
8301 | |
8302 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
8303 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
8304 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
8305 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
8306 /a gives a with ring. | |
8307 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
8308 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
8309 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
8310 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
8311 | |
8312 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
8313 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
8314 | |
8315 ;;;*** | |
8316 | |
8317 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
8318 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex | |
8319 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" | |
25998 | 8320 ;;;;;; (13768 42838)) |
25876 | 8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
8322 | |
8323 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8324 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
8325 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8326 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8327 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8328 | |
8329 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8330 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
8331 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8332 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8333 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8334 | |
8335 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8336 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
8337 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8338 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8339 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8340 | |
8341 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8342 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8343 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8344 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8345 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8346 | |
8347 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8348 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8349 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8350 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8351 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8352 | |
8353 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8354 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
8355 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8356 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8357 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8358 | |
8359 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8360 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
8361 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8362 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8363 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8364 | |
8365 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8366 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
8367 | |
8368 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8369 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
8370 | |
8371 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8372 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
8373 | |
8374 ;;;*** | |
8375 | |
8376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
25998 | 8377 ;;;;;; (14164 4477)) |
25876 | 8378 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
8379 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
8380 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
8381 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
8382 | |
8383 ;;;*** | |
8384 | |
8385 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag | |
8386 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings | |
8387 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
8388 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist | |
25998 | 8389 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" |
27321 | 8390 ;;;;;; (14457 51532)) |
25998 | 8391 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
25876 | 8392 |
27321 | 8393 (defconst ispell-xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\ |
8394 Non nil if using XEmacs.") | |
8395 | |
8396 (defconst ispell-version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ | |
8397 Non nil if using emacs version 18.") | |
8398 | |
8399 (defconst ispell-version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ | |
8400 Non nil if using emacs version 20.") | |
8401 | |
25876 | 8402 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ |
8403 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
8404 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
8405 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
8406 | |
8407 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
8408 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
8409 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
8410 | |
27321 | 8411 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasiliano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 8412 |
8413 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
8414 | |
8415 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) | |
8416 | |
8417 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
8418 | |
8419 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
8420 | |
25998 | 8421 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 8422 |
8423 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
8424 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
8425 | |
8426 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
8427 | |
8428 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
8429 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
8430 | |
8431 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
8432 nil means the default dictionary. | |
8433 | |
8434 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
8435 word. | |
8436 | |
8437 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
8438 | |
8439 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
8440 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
8441 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
8442 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
8443 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
8444 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
8445 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
8446 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
8447 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
8448 | |
8449 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
8450 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
8451 single word. | |
8452 | |
8453 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
8454 subprocess. | |
8455 | |
8456 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
8457 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
8458 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
8459 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
8460 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
8461 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
8462 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
8463 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
8464 | |
8465 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
8466 | |
8467 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
8468 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
8469 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
8470 | |
8471 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
8472 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
8473 | |
8474 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
8475 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
8476 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
8477 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
8478 | |
27321 | 8479 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not ispell-version18p) (not ispell-xemacsp) (quote reload))) |
8480 | |
8481 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default"))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))) | |
25876 | 8482 |
8483 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))) | |
8484 | |
8485 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))) | |
8486 | |
8487 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
8488 | |
8489 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\ | |
8490 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. | |
8491 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
8492 Valid forms include: | |
8493 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
8494 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
8495 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
8496 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
8497 | |
8498 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ | |
8499 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. | |
8500 First list is used raw. | |
8501 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
8502 | |
8503 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
8504 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
8505 | |
8506 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
8507 | |
8508 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
8509 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
8510 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
8511 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
8512 | |
8513 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
8514 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
8515 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
8516 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
8517 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
8518 | |
8519 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
8520 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
8521 | |
8522 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
8523 | |
8524 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
27321 | 8525 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. |
8526 | |
8527 return values: | |
8528 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted. | |
8529 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | |
8530 \"word\" word corrected from word list. | |
8531 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | |
8532 quit spell session exited." t nil) | |
25876 | 8533 |
8534 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | |
8535 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
8536 | |
8537 Selections are: | |
8538 | |
8539 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
8540 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
8541 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
8542 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
8543 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
8544 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
8545 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
8546 `?': Show these commands. | |
8547 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
8548 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
8549 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
8550 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
8551 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
8552 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
8553 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
8554 `C-l': redraws screen | |
8555 `C-r': recursive edit | |
8556 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
8557 | |
8558 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
8559 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
8560 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
8561 | |
8562 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
8563 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
8564 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
8565 | |
8566 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
8567 | |
8568 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil) | |
8569 | |
8570 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
8571 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
27321 | 8572 Return nil if spell session is quit, |
8573 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil) | |
25876 | 8574 |
8575 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
8576 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
8577 | |
8578 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
8579 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
8580 | |
8581 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
8582 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
8583 | |
8584 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
8585 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
8586 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
8587 sequence inside of a word. | |
8588 | |
8589 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
8590 | |
8591 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
8592 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
8593 | |
8594 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ | |
8595 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
8596 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
8597 | |
8598 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET | |
8599 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
8600 | |
8601 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
8602 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
8603 | |
8604 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
8605 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
8606 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
8607 Don't check included messages. | |
8608 | |
8609 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
8610 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
8611 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
8612 | |
8613 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
8614 in your .emacs file: | |
8615 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
8616 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
8617 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
8618 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
8619 | |
8620 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
8621 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
8622 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
8623 | |
8624 ;;;*** | |
8625 | |
8626 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer | |
8627 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings | |
27545 | 8628 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14482 55434)) |
25876 | 8629 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
8630 | |
8631 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8632 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
8633 Return the name of a buffer selected. | |
8634 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | |
8635 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
8636 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
8637 | |
8638 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8639 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
8640 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
8641 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil) | |
8642 | |
8643 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8644 Switch to another buffer. | |
8645 | |
8646 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
8647 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
8648 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
8649 in another frame. | |
8650 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8651 | |
8652 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8653 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
8654 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8655 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8656 | |
8657 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8658 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
8659 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8660 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8661 | |
8662 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8663 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
8664 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8665 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8666 | |
8667 ;;;*** | |
8668 | |
8669 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
8670 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
8671 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal | |
8672 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" | |
26724 | 8673 ;;;;;; (14348 33291)) |
25876 | 8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
8675 | |
8676 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\ | |
8677 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil) | |
8678 | |
8679 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
8680 | |
8681 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
8682 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
8683 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8684 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
8685 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
8686 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
8687 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
8688 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
8689 | |
8690 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
8691 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
8692 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8693 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
8694 | |
8695 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
8696 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
8697 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8698 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
8699 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
8700 | |
8701 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
8702 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
8703 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8704 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
8705 | |
8706 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8707 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
8708 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
8709 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
8710 | |
8711 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8712 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
8713 | |
8714 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8715 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
8716 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
8717 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
8718 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
8719 | |
8720 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8721 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
8722 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
8723 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
8724 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
8725 | |
8726 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
8727 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
8728 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
8729 | |
8730 ;;;*** | |
8731 | |
8732 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" | |
27949 | 8733 ;;;;;; (14512 27554)) |
25876 | 8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
8735 | |
8736 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\ | |
8737 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode. | |
8738 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
8739 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'. | |
8740 | |
8741 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the | |
8742 following ways: | |
8743 | |
8744 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code. | |
8745 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur. | |
8746 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling | |
8747 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is | |
8748 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers. | |
8749 | |
8750 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
8751 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
8752 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
8753 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
8754 | |
8755 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is | |
8756 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to | |
8757 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs | |
8758 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs | |
8759 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified | |
8760 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where | |
8761 strings or comments span lines. | |
8762 | |
8763 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
8764 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
8765 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
8766 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil) | |
8767 | |
8768 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\ | |
8769 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil) | |
8770 | |
8771 ;;;*** | |
8772 | |
25998 | 8773 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" |
27949 | 8774 ;;;;;; (14495 17985)) |
25876 | 8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 8776 |
8777 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
8778 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
8779 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
8780 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
8781 | |
8782 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8783 | |
8784 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
25876 | 8785 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg) |
8786 "\ | |
8787 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
8788 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
8789 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." | |
8790 (interactive "P") | |
8791 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p)) | |
8792 (progn | |
8793 (require 'jka-compr) | |
8794 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off. | |
8795 (toggle-auto-compression))) | |
8796 (toggle-auto-compression arg t)) | |
8797 | |
8798 ;;;*** | |
8799 | |
8800 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
25998 | 8801 ;;;;;; (13866 35434)) |
25876 | 8802 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
8803 | |
8804 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
8805 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
8806 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
8807 | |
8808 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
8809 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
8810 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
8811 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
8812 shorter. | |
8813 | |
8814 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
8815 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
8816 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
8817 | |
8818 ;;;*** | |
8819 | |
8820 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810 | |
27321 | 8821 ;;;;;; 39823)) |
25876 | 8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el |
8823 | |
8824 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ | |
8825 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
8826 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
8827 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
8828 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
8829 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
8830 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
8831 | |
8832 ;;;*** | |
8833 | |
8834 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment) | |
25998 | 8835 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672)) |
25876 | 8836 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
8837 | |
25998 | 8838 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 8839 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
8840 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
8841 | |
8842 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\ | |
8843 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil) | |
8844 | |
8845 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
8846 | |
8847 ;;;*** | |
8848 | |
8849 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
25998 | 8850 ;;;;;; (14256 23599)) |
25876 | 8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
8852 | |
8853 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
8854 | |
8855 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
8856 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
8857 | |
8858 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
8859 | |
8860 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
8861 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
8862 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
8863 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
8864 | |
8865 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
8866 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8867 none / 1 | yes | no | |
8868 2 | yes | yes | |
8869 3 | no | yes | |
8870 4 | no | no | |
8871 | |
8872 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
8873 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
8874 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
8875 | |
8876 ;;;*** | |
8877 | |
26899 | 8878 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string |
8879 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string | |
8880 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" | |
26963 | 8881 ;;;;;; (14423 51007)) |
25876 | 8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
8883 | |
8884 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\ | |
8885 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil) | |
8886 | |
26899 | 8887 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
8888 | |
8889 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
8890 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
8891 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
8892 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
8893 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
8894 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
8895 | |
8896 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
8897 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
8898 | |
8899 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
8900 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
8901 | |
8902 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
8903 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
8904 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
8905 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
8906 to compose. | |
8907 | |
8908 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
8909 | |
25876 | 8910 ;;;*** |
8911 | |
8912 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" | |
27545 | 8913 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252)) |
25876 | 8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
8915 | |
8916 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
8917 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
8918 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
8919 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
8920 | |
8921 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
8922 | |
8923 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
8924 | |
8925 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
8926 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
8927 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
8928 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
8929 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
8930 for large buffers. | |
8931 | |
8932 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
8933 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
8934 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
8935 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
8936 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
8937 | |
8938 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
8939 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
8940 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
8941 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
8942 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
8943 | |
8944 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
8945 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
8946 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
8947 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
8948 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
8949 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
8950 | |
8951 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
8952 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
8953 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
8954 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
8955 | |
8956 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
8957 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
8958 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
8959 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
8960 | |
8961 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
8962 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
8963 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
8964 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
8965 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
8966 | |
8967 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
8968 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
8969 | |
8970 ;;;*** | |
8971 | |
8972 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
25998 | 8973 ;;;;;; (14280 10549)) |
25876 | 8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
8975 | |
8976 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
8977 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
8978 | |
8979 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
8980 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
8981 | |
8982 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
8983 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
8984 | |
8985 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
8986 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
8987 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
8988 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
8989 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
8990 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
8991 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
8992 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
8993 and transmit saved text. | |
8994 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
8995 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
8996 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
8997 | |
8998 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
8999 | |
9000 ;;;*** | |
9001 | |
25998 | 9002 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356)) |
25876 | 9003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
9004 | |
9005 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
9006 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
9007 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
9008 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
9009 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
9010 | |
9011 ;;;*** | |
9012 | |
9013 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935 | |
27321 | 9014 ;;;;;; 16155)) |
25876 | 9015 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el |
9016 | |
9017 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
9018 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
9019 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE | |
9020 is nil, raise an error." t nil) | |
9021 | |
9022 ;;;*** | |
9023 | |
9024 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
27321 | 9025 ;;;;;; (14396 4034)) |
25876 | 9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
9027 | |
9028 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9029 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9030 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 9031 |
9032 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
26724 | 9033 Run the locate command with a filter. |
9034 | |
9035 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
9036 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
25876 | 9037 |
9038 ;;;*** | |
9039 | |
9040 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer | |
27016 | 9041 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14440 |
9042 ;;;;;; 46009)) | |
25876 | 9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
9044 | |
9045 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\ | |
9046 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. | |
9047 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
9048 | |
9049 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
9050 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
9051 | |
9052 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
9053 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
9054 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
9055 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
9056 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
9057 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
9058 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
9059 | |
9060 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
9061 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
9062 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
9063 switch on this list. | |
9064 See `lpr-command'.") | |
9065 | |
9066 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ | |
9067 *Name of program for printing a file. | |
9068 | |
9069 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
9070 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
9071 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
9072 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
9073 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
9074 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
9075 argument.") | |
9076 | |
9077 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 9078 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
9079 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9080 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9081 |
9082 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
26724 | 9083 Paginate and print buffer contents. |
27016 | 9084 |
9085 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
9086 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
9087 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
9088 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
9089 | |
9090 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
9091 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
9092 | |
9093 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9094 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9095 |
9096 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 9097 Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
9098 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9099 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9100 |
9101 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 9102 Paginate and print the region contents. |
9103 | |
9104 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
9105 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
9106 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
9107 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
9108 | |
9109 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
9110 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
9111 | |
9112 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9113 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9114 |
9115 ;;;*** | |
9116 | |
26963 | 9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316)) |
25876 | 9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
9119 | |
9120 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ | |
9121 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards. | |
9122 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility). | |
9123 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el' | |
9124 package is used.") | |
9125 | |
9126 ;;;*** | |
9127 | |
9128 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462 | |
9129 ;;;;;; 53924)) | |
9130 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | |
9131 | |
9132 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
9133 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
9134 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
9135 | |
9136 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
9137 | |
9138 ;;;*** | |
9139 | |
9140 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962 | |
25998 | 9141 ;;;;;; 30919)) |
25876 | 9142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
9143 | |
9144 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
9145 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
9146 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
9147 " t nil) | |
9148 | |
9149 ;;;*** | |
9150 | |
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
25998 | 9152 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845)) |
25876 | 9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
9154 | |
9155 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
9156 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
9157 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
9158 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
9159 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
9160 | |
9161 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
9162 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
9163 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
9164 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
9165 | |
9166 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
9167 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
9168 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
9169 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
9170 bindings. | |
9171 | |
9172 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
9173 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
9174 | |
9175 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
9176 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
9177 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
9178 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
9179 each time the macro executes. | |
9180 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
9181 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
9182 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
9183 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
9184 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
9185 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
9186 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
9187 | |
9188 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
9189 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
9190 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
9191 | |
9192 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
9193 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
9194 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
9195 execute. | |
9196 | |
9197 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
9198 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
9199 | |
9200 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
9201 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
9202 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
9203 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
9204 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
9205 | |
9206 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
9207 looked like this: | |
9208 | |
9209 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
9210 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
9211 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
9212 | |
9213 You could enter the names in this format: | |
9214 | |
9215 foo | |
9216 bar | |
9217 baz | |
9218 | |
9219 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
9220 | |
9221 \\C-x ( | |
9222 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
9223 \\C-x ) | |
9224 | |
9225 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
9226 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
9227 " t nil) | |
9228 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
9229 | |
9230 ;;;*** | |
9231 | |
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
25998 | 9233 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314)) |
25876 | 9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
9235 | |
9236 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
9237 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
9238 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
9239 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
9240 | |
9241 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
9242 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
9243 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
9244 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
9245 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
9246 | |
9247 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | |
9248 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | |
9249 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
9250 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
9251 | |
9252 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
9253 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
9254 | |
9255 ;;;*** | |
9256 | |
9257 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
9258 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
25998 | 9259 ;;;;;; (14075 51598)) |
25876 | 9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
9261 | |
9262 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
9263 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
9264 | |
9265 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
9266 | |
9267 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
9268 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
9269 | |
9270 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
9271 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
9272 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
9273 message. | |
9274 | |
9275 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
9276 | |
9277 ;;;*** | |
9278 | |
25998 | 9279 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
9280 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
27949 | 9281 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501 |
9282 ;;;;;; 36191)) | |
25876 | 9283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
9284 | |
9285 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
9286 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
9287 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
9288 often correct parser.") | |
9289 | |
9290 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
9291 | |
25998 | 9292 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
9293 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
9294 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
9295 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
9296 | |
9297 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
9298 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
9299 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
9300 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
9301 | |
9302 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
9303 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
9304 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
9305 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
9306 | |
25876 | 9307 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
9308 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
9309 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
9310 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
9311 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
9312 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
9313 | |
9314 ;;;*** | |
9315 | |
9316 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
27949 | 9317 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14495 18025)) |
25876 | 9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
9319 | |
9320 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9321 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
9322 | |
9323 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9324 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
9325 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
9326 | |
9327 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9328 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
9329 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
9330 | |
9331 ;;;*** | |
9332 | |
9333 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
9334 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996 | |
27321 | 9335 ;;;;;; 15646)) |
25876 | 9336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el |
9337 | |
9338 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
9339 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
9340 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
9341 king@grassland.com | |
9342 If `parens', they look like: | |
9343 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
9344 If `angles', they look like: | |
9345 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
9346 | |
9347 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
9348 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
9349 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
9350 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
9351 their `Resent-' variants. | |
9352 | |
9353 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
9354 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
9355 | |
9356 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
9357 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
9358 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
9359 | |
9360 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
9361 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
9362 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
9363 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
9364 | |
9365 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
9366 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
9367 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
9368 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
9369 | |
9370 ;;;*** | |
9371 | |
9372 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
26724 | 9373 ;;;;;; (14410 18641)) |
25876 | 9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
9375 | |
9376 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
9377 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
9378 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
9379 | |
9380 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
9381 | |
9382 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
9383 | |
9384 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
9385 | |
9386 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
9387 | |
9388 makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
9389 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
9390 | |
9391 makefile-target-colon: | |
9392 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
9393 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
9394 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
9395 | |
9396 makefile-macro-assign: | |
9397 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
9398 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
9399 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
26724 | 9400 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
25876 | 9401 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
9402 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
9403 | |
9404 makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
9405 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
9406 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
9407 | |
9408 makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
9409 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
9410 | |
9411 makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
9412 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
9413 up or down in the browser. | |
9414 | |
9415 makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
9416 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
9417 | |
9418 makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
9419 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
9420 | |
9421 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
9422 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
9423 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
9424 has been selected in the browser. | |
9425 | |
9426 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
9427 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
9428 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
9429 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
9430 filenames are omitted. | |
9431 | |
9432 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
26724 | 9433 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
25876 | 9434 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
9435 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
9436 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
9437 the backslash itself intact. | |
26724 | 9438 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
25876 | 9439 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
9440 | |
9441 makefile-browser-hook: | |
9442 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
9443 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
9444 | |
9445 makefile-special-targets-list: | |
9446 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
9447 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
9448 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
9449 | |
9450 ;;;*** | |
9451 | |
9452 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 9453 ;;;;;; 28917)) |
25876 | 9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
9455 | |
9456 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
9457 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
9458 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
9459 | |
9460 ;;;*** | |
9461 | |
25998 | 9462 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234)) |
25876 | 9463 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
9464 | |
9465 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
9466 | |
9467 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
9468 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
9469 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
9470 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
9471 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
9472 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
9473 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil) | |
9474 | |
9475 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
9476 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
9477 | |
9478 ;;;*** | |
9479 | |
9480 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
9481 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
9482 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
9483 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
9484 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
9485 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
9486 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
9487 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
27321 | 9488 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419)) |
25876 | 9489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el |
9490 | |
9491 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
9492 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
9493 | |
9494 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
9495 king@grassland.com | |
9496 If `parens', they look like: | |
9497 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
9498 If `angles', they look like: | |
9499 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
9500 | |
9501 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
9502 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
9503 | |
9504 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
9505 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
9506 | |
9507 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
9508 *Local news organization file.") | |
9509 | |
9510 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
9511 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
9512 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
9513 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
9514 | |
9515 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), | |
9516 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and | |
9517 `smtpmail-send-it'.") | |
9518 | |
9519 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
9520 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
9521 | |
9522 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
9523 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages. | |
9524 nil means use indentation.") | |
9525 | |
9526 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
9527 *Function for citing an original message. | |
9528 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
9529 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
9530 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
9531 | |
9532 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
9533 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
9534 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
9535 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
9536 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
9537 | |
9538 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
9539 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
9540 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
9541 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
9542 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
9543 | |
9544 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
9545 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.") | |
9546 | |
9547 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil)) | |
9548 | |
9549 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
9550 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
9551 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
9552 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit | |
9553 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
9554 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
9555 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
9556 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
9557 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
9558 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
9559 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
9560 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup) | |
9561 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
9562 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text). | |
9563 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
9564 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
9565 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any). | |
9566 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
9567 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark). | |
9568 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature). | |
9569 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil) | |
9570 | |
9571 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
9572 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
9573 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
9574 | |
9575 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
9576 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9577 | |
9578 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
9579 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
9580 | |
9581 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
9582 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
9583 | |
9584 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
9585 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
9586 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
9587 | |
9588 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
9589 Cancel an article you posted." t nil) | |
9590 | |
9591 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
9592 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
9593 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
9594 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
9595 | |
9596 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
9597 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
9598 | |
9599 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
9600 Forward the current message via mail. | |
9601 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil) | |
9602 | |
9603 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
9604 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
9605 | |
9606 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
9607 Re-mail the current message. | |
9608 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than | |
9609 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to | |
9610 you." t nil) | |
9611 | |
9612 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
9613 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
9614 | |
9615 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
9616 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
9617 | |
9618 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
9619 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9620 | |
9621 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
9622 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9623 | |
9624 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
9625 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
9626 Works by overstriking characters. | |
9627 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
9628 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
9629 | |
9630 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
9631 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
9632 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
9633 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
9634 | |
9635 ;;;*** | |
9636 | |
9637 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
25998 | 9638 ;;;;;; (13549 39401)) |
25876 | 9639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
9640 | |
9641 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
9642 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
9643 Special commands: | |
9644 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
9645 | |
9646 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
9647 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9648 | |
9649 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
9650 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
9651 Special commands: | |
9652 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
9653 | |
9654 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
9655 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9656 | |
9657 ;;;*** | |
9658 | |
9659 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
9660 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
26724 | 9661 ;;;;;; (14345 52966)) |
25876 | 9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
9663 | |
9664 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
9665 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
9666 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
9667 | |
9668 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
9669 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
9670 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9671 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9672 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9673 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
9674 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
9675 | |
9676 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
9677 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
9678 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9679 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9680 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
9681 means current). | |
9682 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9683 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
9684 | |
9685 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
9686 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
9687 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9688 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9689 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
9690 means current). | |
9691 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9692 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
9693 | |
9694 ;;;*** | |
9695 | |
9696 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
27321 | 9697 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14460 38678)) |
25876 | 9698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
9699 | |
9700 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9701 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
9702 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9703 to the MH mail system. | |
9704 | |
9705 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
9706 | |
9707 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9708 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
9709 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9710 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
9711 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
9712 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
9713 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
9714 | |
9715 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9716 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
9717 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9718 to the MH mail system. | |
9719 | |
9720 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
9721 | |
9722 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9723 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
9724 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
9725 using the MH mail handling system. | |
9726 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
9727 messages. | |
9728 | |
9729 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
9730 | |
9731 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
9732 | |
9733 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
9734 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
9735 the yanked message. | |
9736 | |
9737 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
9738 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
9739 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
9740 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
9741 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
9742 | |
9743 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
9744 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
9745 inserted in a draft letter. | |
9746 | |
9747 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
9748 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
9749 | |
9750 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9751 | |
9752 ;;;*** | |
9753 | |
26724 | 9754 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14376 |
9755 ;;;;;; 9267)) | |
25876 | 9756 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
9757 | |
9758 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
9759 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
9760 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9761 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
9762 | |
9763 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
9764 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
9765 | |
9766 ;;;*** | |
9767 | |
27321 | 9768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022)) |
25876 | 9769 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el |
9770 | |
9771 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
9772 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
9773 | |
9774 ;;;*** | |
9775 | |
27321 | 9776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243)) |
25876 | 9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
9778 | |
9779 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9780 | |
9781 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9782 | |
9783 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9784 | |
9785 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9786 | |
9787 ;;;*** | |
9788 | |
9789 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
25998 | 9790 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445)) |
25876 | 9791 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
9792 | |
9793 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
9794 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
9795 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
9796 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
9797 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
9798 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
9799 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
9800 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
9801 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
9802 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
9803 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
9804 | |
9805 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
9806 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
9807 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
9808 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
9809 | |
9810 ;;;*** | |
9811 | |
9812 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" | |
9813 ;;;;;; (12536 45574)) | |
9814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el | |
9815 | |
9816 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
9817 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
9818 | |
9819 ;;;*** | |
9820 | |
9821 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" | |
25998 | 9822 ;;;;;; (13552 32940)) |
25876 | 9823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
9824 | |
9825 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
9826 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
9827 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
9828 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
9829 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
9830 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
9831 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
9832 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
9833 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
9834 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
9835 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
9836 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
9837 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
9838 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
9839 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
9840 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
9841 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
9842 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
9843 \\[m2-link] link | |
9844 | |
9845 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
9846 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
9847 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
9848 | |
9849 ;;;*** | |
9850 | |
9851 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118 | |
25998 | 9852 ;;;;;; 2283)) |
25876 | 9853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
9854 | |
9855 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
9856 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
9857 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
9858 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
9859 | |
9860 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
9861 | |
9862 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
9863 | |
9864 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
9865 | |
9866 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
9867 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
9868 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
9869 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
9870 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
9871 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
9872 | |
9873 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
9874 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection | |
9875 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function | |
9876 and interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
9877 | |
9878 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
9879 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil). | |
9880 | |
9881 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
9882 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
9883 | |
9884 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
9885 | |
9886 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
9887 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
9888 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
9889 | |
9890 ;;;*** | |
9891 | |
25998 | 9892 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
25876 | 9893 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
9894 | |
9895 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
9896 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
9897 | |
9898 ;;;*** | |
9899 | |
25998 | 9900 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030)) |
25876 | 9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
9902 | |
9903 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
9904 Toggle msb-mode. | |
9905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9906 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
9907 | |
9908 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9909 | |
9910 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
9911 | |
9912 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
9913 Toggle Msb mode. | |
9914 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
9915 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
9916 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
9917 | |
9918 ;;;*** | |
9919 | |
9920 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
26724 | 9921 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
9922 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
27949 | 9923 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) |
9924 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (14524 58690)) | |
25876 | 9925 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
9926 | |
9927 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9928 Display a list of all character sets. | |
9929 | |
27949 | 9930 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number |
9931 for internal Emacs use. | |
9932 | |
9933 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence | |
9934 of characters in the charset for buffer and string | |
9935 by one to four hexadecimal digits. | |
9936 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. | |
9937 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. | |
9938 | |
9939 The D column contains a dimension of this character set. | |
9940 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set. | |
9941 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for | |
9942 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | |
25876 | 9943 |
9944 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
9945 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
9946 | |
27949 | 9947 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ |
9948 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
9949 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list' | |
9950 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable | |
9951 `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
9952 | |
9953 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | |
9954 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | |
9955 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | |
9956 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | |
9957 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil) | |
9958 | |
9959 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9960 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil) | |
9961 | |
25876 | 9962 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
9963 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
9964 | |
9965 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9966 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
9967 | |
9968 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
9969 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
9970 at the place of `..': | |
9971 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer) | |
9972 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer) | |
9973 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' | |
9974 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system) | |
9975 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system. | |
9976 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system) | |
9977 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9978 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9979 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9980 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9981 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
9982 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system | |
9983 `default-process-coding-system' for read | |
9984 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read | |
9985 `default-process-coding-system' for write | |
9986 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil) | |
9987 | |
9988 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9989 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
9990 | |
9991 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9992 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
9993 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
9994 | |
9995 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
9996 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
9997 | |
26724 | 9998 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
9999 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
10000 | |
25876 | 10001 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
10002 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
10003 | |
10004 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10005 Display information of FONTSET. | |
10006 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts | |
10007 contained in FONTSET. | |
10008 | |
10009 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset | |
10010 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this | |
10011 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any | |
10012 frame. | |
10013 | |
10014 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters: | |
10015 o -- font already opened | |
10016 - -- font not yet opened | |
10017 x -- font can't be opened | |
10018 ? -- no font specified | |
10019 | |
10020 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set | |
10021 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil) | |
10022 | |
10023 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10024 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
10025 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
10026 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
10027 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
10028 | |
10029 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10030 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
10031 | |
10032 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10033 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
10034 | |
10035 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
10036 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
10037 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
10038 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
10039 | |
10040 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10041 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
10042 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
10043 | |
10044 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10045 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
10046 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
10047 | |
10048 ;;;*** | |
10049 | |
26899 | 10050 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
10051 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
25876 | 10052 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
10053 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
10054 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
10055 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
26963 | 10056 ;;;;;; (14423 50997)) |
25876 | 10057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
10058 | |
10059 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
10060 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
10061 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
10062 | |
10063 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
10064 | |
10065 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
10066 | |
10067 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
10068 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
10069 | |
10070 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
10071 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
26724 | 10072 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
25876 | 10073 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
10074 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
10075 | |
26724 | 10076 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
25876 | 10077 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
10078 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
10079 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
10080 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
10081 | |
10082 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
10083 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
10084 | |
10085 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
10086 | |
10087 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
10088 | |
10089 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
10090 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
10091 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
10092 is considered. | |
10093 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
10094 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
10095 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
10096 | |
10097 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
10098 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
10099 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
10100 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
10101 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
10102 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
10103 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
10104 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
10105 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
10106 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
10107 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
10108 | |
10109 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
10110 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
10111 | |
10112 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
10113 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
10114 | |
10115 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
10116 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
10117 | |
10118 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
10119 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
10120 | |
10121 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
10122 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
10123 | |
10124 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
10125 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
10126 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
10127 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
10128 | |
10129 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
10130 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
10131 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
10132 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
10133 | |
10134 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
10135 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
10136 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
10137 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
10138 | |
26899 | 10139 ;;;*** |
10140 | |
27321 | 10141 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930)) |
26724 | 10142 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
10143 | |
10144 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ | |
10145 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
10146 | |
10147 ;;;*** | |
10148 | |
25876 | 10149 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10150 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
25876 | 10151 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el" |
26724 | 10152 ;;;;;; (14385 24830)) |
25876 | 10153 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el |
10154 | |
10155 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
10156 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
10157 | |
10158 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
10159 Ping HOST. | |
10160 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting | |
10161 `ping-program-options'." t nil) | |
10162 | |
10163 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
10164 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
10165 | |
10166 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
10167 | |
10168 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
10169 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
10170 | |
10171 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
10172 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
10173 | |
10174 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
10175 Run the route program." t nil) | |
10176 | |
10177 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
10178 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
10179 | |
10180 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
10181 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
10182 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10183 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10184 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10185 |
25876 | 10186 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
10187 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
10188 | |
10189 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
10190 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
10191 | |
10192 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
10193 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
10194 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
10195 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
10196 | |
10197 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
10198 | |
10199 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
10200 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
10201 | |
10202 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
10203 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
10204 | |
10205 ;;;*** | |
10206 | |
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030 | |
27321 | 10208 ;;;;;; 49432)) |
25876 | 10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el |
10210 | |
10211 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
10212 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
10213 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
10214 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
10215 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
10216 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
10217 | |
10218 ;;;*** | |
10219 | |
10220 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
27321 | 10221 ;;;;;; (14030 49439)) |
25876 | 10222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el |
10223 | |
10224 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
10225 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil) | |
10226 | |
10227 ;;;*** | |
10228 | |
10229 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
27321 | 10230 ;;;;;; (14030 49445)) |
25876 | 10231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el |
10232 | |
10233 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
10234 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
10235 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
10236 | |
10237 ;;;*** | |
10238 | |
10239 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
27321 | 10240 ;;;;;; (14030 49457)) |
25876 | 10241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el |
10242 | |
10243 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
10244 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
10245 | |
10246 ;;;*** | |
10247 | |
10248 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
25998 | 10249 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539)) |
25876 | 10250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
10251 | |
10252 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
10253 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
10254 | |
10255 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
10256 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
10257 | |
10258 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
10259 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
10260 | |
10261 ;;;*** | |
10262 | |
10263 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
25998 | 10264 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111)) |
25876 | 10265 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
10266 | |
10267 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
10268 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
10269 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
10270 | |
10271 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
10272 | |
10273 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
10274 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
10275 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
10276 to future sessions." t nil) | |
10277 | |
10278 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
10279 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
10280 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
10281 to future sessions." t nil) | |
10282 | |
10283 ;;;*** | |
10284 | |
10285 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
27321 | 10286 ;;;;;; (13382 24740)) |
25876 | 10287 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el |
10288 | |
10289 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
10290 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
10291 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
10292 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
10293 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
10294 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
10295 | |
10296 ;;;*** | |
10297 | |
10298 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
25998 | 10299 ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
25876 | 10300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
10301 | |
10302 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
10303 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
10304 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
10305 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
10306 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
10307 | |
10308 ;;;*** | |
10309 | |
10310 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
25998 | 10311 ;;;;;; (14302 32388)) |
25876 | 10312 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
10313 | |
10314 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
10315 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
10316 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
10317 | |
10318 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
10319 | |
10320 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
10321 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
10322 | |
10323 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
10324 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
10325 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
10326 | |
10327 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
10328 | |
10329 ;;;*** | |
10330 | |
10331 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
26724 | 10332 ;;;;;; (14358 1330)) |
25876 | 10333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
10334 | |
10335 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
10336 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
10337 | |
10338 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
10339 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
10340 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
10341 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
10342 | |
10343 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
10344 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
10345 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
10346 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
10347 is why you need this mode!). | |
10348 | |
10349 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
10350 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
10351 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
10352 | |
10353 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
10354 | |
10355 Keybindings | |
10356 =========== | |
10357 | |
10358 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
10359 | |
10360 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
10361 ============================================== | |
10362 | |
10363 octave-auto-indent | |
10364 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
10365 Default is nil. | |
10366 | |
10367 octave-auto-newline | |
10368 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
10369 Default is nil. | |
10370 | |
10371 octave-blink-matching-block | |
10372 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
10373 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
10374 | |
10375 octave-block-offset | |
10376 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
10377 Default is 2. | |
10378 | |
10379 octave-continuation-offset | |
10380 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
10381 Default is 4. | |
10382 | |
10383 octave-continuation-string | |
10384 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
10385 Default is a backslash. | |
10386 | |
10387 octave-mode-startup-message | |
10388 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
10389 Default is t. | |
10390 | |
10391 octave-send-echo-input | |
10392 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
10393 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
10394 | |
10395 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
10396 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
10397 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
10398 | |
10399 octave-send-echo-input | |
10400 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
10401 | |
10402 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
10403 | |
10404 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
10405 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
10406 | |
10407 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
10408 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
10409 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
10410 | |
10411 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
10412 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
10413 | |
10414 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
10415 (lambda () | |
10416 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
10417 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
10418 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
10419 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
10420 | |
10421 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
10422 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
10423 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
10424 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
10425 | |
10426 ;;;*** | |
10427 | |
10428 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
27321 | 10429 ;;;;;; (14045 29847)) |
25876 | 10430 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el |
10431 | |
10432 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
10433 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil) | |
10434 | |
10435 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
10436 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
10437 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
10438 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
10439 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
10440 | |
10441 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
10442 | |
10443 ;;;*** | |
10444 | |
10445 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
27949 | 10446 ;;;;;; (14495 18064)) |
25876 | 10447 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
10448 | |
10449 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
10450 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
10451 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
10452 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
10453 | |
10454 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
10455 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
10456 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
10457 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
10458 | |
10459 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
10460 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
10461 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
10462 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
10463 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
10464 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
10465 | |
10466 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
10467 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
10468 | |
10469 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
10470 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
10471 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
10472 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
10473 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
10474 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
10475 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
10476 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
10477 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
10478 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
10479 The subheadings remain visible. | |
10480 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
10481 | |
10482 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
10483 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
10484 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
10485 | |
10486 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
10487 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
10488 | |
10489 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
10490 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
10491 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
10492 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
10493 | |
10494 ;;;*** | |
10495 | |
25998 | 10496 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" |
10497 ;;;;;; (14316 49544)) | |
25876 | 10498 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
10499 | |
25998 | 10500 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
10501 *Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
10502 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
10503 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. | |
10504 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10505 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
10506 | |
10507 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10508 | |
10509 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
10510 | |
25876 | 10511 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
10512 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
10513 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
10514 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
10515 | |
10516 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
10517 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
10518 | |
10519 ;;;*** | |
10520 | |
27949 | 10521 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507 |
10522 ;;;;;; 63078)) | |
25876 | 10523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
10524 | |
10525 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
10526 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
10527 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
10528 | |
10529 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
10530 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
10531 | |
10532 Other useful functions are: | |
10533 | |
10534 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
10535 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
10536 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
10537 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
10538 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
10539 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
10540 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
10541 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
10542 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
10543 | |
10544 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
10545 | |
10546 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
10547 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
10548 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
10549 Indentation for case statements. | |
10550 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
10551 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
10552 mark after an end. | |
10553 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
10554 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
10555 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
10556 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
10557 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
10558 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
10559 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
10560 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
10561 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
10562 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
10563 | |
10564 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
10565 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
10566 | |
10567 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
10568 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
10569 | |
10570 ;;;*** | |
10571 | |
10572 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
25998 | 10573 ;;;;;; (13229 29217)) |
25876 | 10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
10575 | |
10576 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
10577 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
10578 The keys affected are: | |
10579 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
10580 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
10581 M-Backspace does undo. | |
10582 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
10583 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
10584 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
10585 | |
10586 ;;;*** | |
10587 | |
10588 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
25998 | 10589 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216)) |
25876 | 10590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
10591 | |
10592 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
10593 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
10594 | |
10595 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
10596 | |
10597 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
10598 which modify the status of the mark. | |
10599 | |
10600 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
10601 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
10602 | |
10603 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
10604 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
10605 | |
10606 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
10607 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
10608 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
10609 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
10610 turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
10611 | |
10612 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
10613 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
10614 | |
10615 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
10616 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
10617 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
10618 | |
10619 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
10620 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
10621 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
10622 | |
10623 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
10624 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
10625 | |
10626 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
10627 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
10628 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
10629 | |
10630 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
10631 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
10632 but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
10633 | |
10634 F6 other-window | |
10635 DELETE delete-char | |
10636 C-DELETE kill-line | |
10637 M-DELETE kill-word | |
10638 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
10639 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
10640 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
10641 | |
10642 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
10643 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
10644 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
10645 and cursor movement commands. | |
10646 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
10647 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
10648 | |
10649 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10650 | |
10651 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
10652 | |
10653 ;;;*** | |
10654 | |
10655 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" | |
25998 | 10656 ;;;;;; (13639 61036)) |
25876 | 10657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
10658 | |
10659 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
10660 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
10661 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
10662 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
10663 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
10664 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
10665 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
10666 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
10667 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
10668 perl-tab-always-indent | |
10669 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | |
10670 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
10671 perl-tab-to-comment | |
10672 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | |
10673 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
10674 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
10675 perl-nochange | |
10676 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | |
10677 perl-indent-level | |
10678 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
10679 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
10680 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
10681 perl-continued-statement-offset | |
10682 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
10683 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
10684 perl-continued-brace-offset | |
10685 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
10686 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
10687 perl-brace-offset | |
10688 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
10689 perl-brace-imaginary-offset | |
10690 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
10691 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
10692 perl-label-offset | |
10693 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
10694 | |
10695 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
10696 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
10697 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
10698 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
10699 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
10700 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
10701 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
10702 | |
10703 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10704 | |
10705 ;;;*** | |
10706 | |
10707 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
26724 | 10708 ;;;;;; (14348 33291)) |
25876 | 10709 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
10710 | |
10711 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
10712 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
10713 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
10714 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
10715 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
10716 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
10717 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
10718 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
10719 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
10720 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
10721 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
10722 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
10723 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
10724 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
10725 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
10726 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
10727 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
10728 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
10729 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
10730 with these commands: | |
10731 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
10732 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
10733 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
10734 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
10735 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
10736 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
10737 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
10738 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
10739 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
10740 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
10741 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
10742 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
10743 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
10744 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
10745 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
10746 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
10747 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
10748 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
10749 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
10750 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
10751 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
10752 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
10753 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
10754 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
10755 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
10756 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
10757 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
10758 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
10759 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
10760 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
10761 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
10762 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
10763 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
10764 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
10765 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
10766 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
10767 | |
10768 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. | |
10769 | |
10770 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
10771 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
10772 | |
10773 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
10774 | |
10775 ;;;*** | |
10776 | |
27321 | 10777 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473)) |
10778 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el | |
10779 | |
10780 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | |
10781 Play pong and waste time. | |
10782 This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | |
10783 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | |
10784 | |
10785 pong-mode keybindings: | |
10786 \\<pong-mode-map> | |
10787 | |
10788 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil) | |
10789 | |
10790 ;;;*** | |
10791 | |
25876 | 10792 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" |
27321 | 10793 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860)) |
25876 | 10794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el |
10795 | |
10796 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
10797 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
10798 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
10799 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
10800 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
10801 | |
10802 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
10803 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
10804 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
10805 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
10806 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
10807 | |
10808 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
10809 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
10810 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
10811 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
10812 | |
10813 ;;;*** | |
10814 | |
10815 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
25998 | 10816 ;;;;;; (13446 12665)) |
25876 | 10817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
10818 | |
10819 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
10820 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
10821 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
10822 Commands: | |
10823 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
10824 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
10825 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
10826 | |
10827 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
10828 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
10829 | |
10830 ;;;*** | |
10831 | |
26724 | 10832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101)) |
25876 | 10833 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
10834 | |
10835 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | |
10836 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | |
10837 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
10838 | |
10839 ;;;*** | |
10840 | |
26724 | 10841 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380 |
27321 | 10842 ;;;;;; 3795)) |
25998 | 10843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
10844 | |
10845 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
10846 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
10847 | |
10848 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
10849 | |
10850 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
10851 be set through the `customize' command: | |
10852 | |
10853 ps-mode-auto-indent | |
10854 ps-mode-tab | |
10855 ps-mode-paper-size | |
10856 ps-mode-print-function | |
10857 ps-run-prompt | |
26724 | 10858 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2 |
25998 | 10859 ps-run-x |
10860 ps-run-dumb | |
10861 ps-run-init | |
10862 ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
26724 | 10863 ps-run-tmp-dir |
25998 | 10864 |
10865 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
10866 | |
10867 | |
10868 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
10869 | |
10870 | |
10871 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
10872 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
10873 The keymap for this second window is: | |
10874 | |
10875 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
10876 | |
10877 | |
10878 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
10879 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
10880 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
10881 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
10882 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
10883 " t nil) | |
10884 | |
10885 ;;;*** | |
10886 | |
25876 | 10887 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize |
26899 | 10888 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font |
27164 | 10889 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" |
27321 | 10890 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14454 81)) |
25876 | 10891 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
10892 | |
27164 | 10893 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
10894 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
10895 | |
10896 Valid values are: | |
10897 | |
10898 nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
10899 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
10900 and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
10901 changed by setting the variable | |
10902 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
10903 The initial value of this variable is | |
10904 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
10905 documentation). | |
10906 | |
10907 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
10908 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
10909 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
10910 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
10911 it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
10912 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
10913 test it. | |
10914 | |
10915 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
10916 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
10917 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
10918 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
10919 source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
10920 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts | |
10921 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to | |
10922 use this value, be sure to have installed | |
10923 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable | |
10924 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for | |
10925 documentation of this variable). | |
10926 | |
10927 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
10928 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
10929 characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
10930 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
10931 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
10932 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
10933 | |
10934 Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
10935 | |
25876 | 10936 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
10937 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
10938 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
10939 | |
10940 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
10941 | |
10942 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10943 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO. | |
10944 | |
10945 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
10946 | |
10947 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
10948 | |
10949 Returns the value: | |
10950 | |
10951 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
10952 | |
10953 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
10954 the sequence." nil nil) | |
10955 | |
26899 | 10956 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
10957 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO. | |
10958 | |
10959 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
10960 composition. | |
10961 | |
10962 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
10963 | |
10964 Returns the value: | |
10965 | |
10966 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
10967 | |
10968 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
10969 the sequence." nil nil) | |
10970 | |
25876 | 10971 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
10972 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
10973 | |
10974 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10975 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
10976 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
10977 | |
10978 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
10979 | |
10980 ;;;*** | |
10981 | |
10982 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
10983 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
10984 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
10985 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
27321 | 10986 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print" |
10987 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14454 86)) | |
25876 | 10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
10989 | |
10990 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
10991 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 10992 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
10993 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
10994 | |
27321 | 10995 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ |
10996 Customization of ps-print group." t nil) | |
10997 | |
25876 | 10998 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
10999 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11000 | |
11001 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
11002 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image | |
11003 in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
11004 | |
11005 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
11006 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
11007 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
11008 | |
11009 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11010 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11011 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11012 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11013 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
11014 | |
11015 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
11016 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
11017 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
11018 | |
11019 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11020 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
11021 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11022 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11023 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
11024 | |
11025 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
11026 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11027 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
11028 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
11029 | |
11030 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11031 | |
11032 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11033 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11034 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11035 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11036 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
11037 | |
11038 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11039 | |
11040 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
11041 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
11042 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
11043 | |
11044 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11045 | |
11046 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11047 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
11048 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11049 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11050 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
11051 | |
11052 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11053 | |
11054 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
11055 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
11056 | |
11057 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
11058 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript | |
11059 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
11060 | |
11061 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
11062 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
11063 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
11064 | |
11065 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
11066 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, | |
11067 using the current ps-print setup. | |
11068 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | |
11069 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
11070 | |
11071 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
11072 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
11073 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
11074 | |
11075 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
11076 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
11077 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
11078 | |
11079 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
11080 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
11081 | |
11082 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
11083 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
11084 | |
11085 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
11086 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
11087 | |
11088 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
11089 | |
11090 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
11091 | |
11092 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
11093 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
11094 | |
11095 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
11096 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
11097 | |
11098 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
11099 | |
11100 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
11101 | |
11102 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
11103 | |
11104 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
11105 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
11106 | |
11107 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
11108 bold - use bold font. | |
11109 italic - use italic font. | |
11110 underline - put a line under text. | |
11111 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
11112 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
11113 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
11114 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
11115 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
11116 | |
11117 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
11118 | |
11119 ;;;*** | |
11120 | |
11121 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
11122 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout | |
11123 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el" | |
26963 | 11124 ;;;;;; (14423 51000)) |
25876 | 11125 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
11126 | |
11127 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | |
11128 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
11129 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil) | |
11130 | |
11131 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
11132 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
11133 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
11134 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
11135 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
11136 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
11137 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
11138 | |
11139 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
11140 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
11141 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
11142 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
11143 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
11144 shown. | |
11145 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
11146 | |
11147 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. | |
11148 | |
11149 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
11150 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
11151 command to be called. | |
11152 | |
11153 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
11154 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
11155 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
11156 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
11157 | |
11158 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
11159 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
11160 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
11161 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
11162 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
11163 to t. | |
11164 | |
11165 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
11166 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
11167 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
11168 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
11169 | |
11170 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
11171 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
11172 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
11173 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
11174 | |
11175 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
11176 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
11177 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
11178 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
11179 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
11180 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
11181 | |
11182 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
11183 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
11184 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
11185 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
11186 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
11187 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
11188 | |
11189 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
11190 covers Quail translation region. | |
11191 | |
11192 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
11193 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
11194 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
11195 for it) is inserted. | |
11196 | |
11197 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
11198 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
11199 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
11200 | |
11201 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
11202 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
11203 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
11204 | |
11205 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
11206 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
11207 | |
11208 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
11209 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
11210 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
11211 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
11212 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
11213 | |
11214 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ | |
11215 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
11216 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
11217 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
11218 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
11219 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
11220 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
11221 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
11222 for the translation. | |
11223 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
11224 | |
11225 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
11226 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro)) | |
11227 | |
11228 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
11229 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
26899 | 11230 |
11231 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
11232 which to install MAP. | |
11233 | |
25876 | 11234 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
11235 | |
11236 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ | |
11237 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
11238 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
11239 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
11240 a function, or a cons. | |
11241 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
11242 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
11243 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
11244 for the translation. | |
11245 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
11246 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
11247 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
11248 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
11249 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
11250 | |
11251 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
11252 it is used to handle KEY. | |
11253 | |
11254 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
11255 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
11256 current Quail package. | |
11257 | |
11258 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
11259 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
11260 | |
11261 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
11262 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil) | |
11263 | |
11264 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
11265 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
11266 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
11267 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
11268 of the Emacs source tree. | |
11269 | |
11270 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
11271 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
11272 | |
11273 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
11274 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
11275 of each directory." t nil) | |
11276 | |
11277 ;;;*** | |
11278 | |
11279 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
11280 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
27949 | 11281 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14495 17990)) |
25998 | 11282 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el |
25876 | 11283 |
11284 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
11285 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
11286 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
11287 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
11288 | |
11289 To make use of this do something like: | |
11290 | |
11291 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
11292 | |
11293 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
11294 | |
11295 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
11296 | |
11297 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
11298 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
11299 | |
11300 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
11301 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
11302 | |
11303 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
11304 is decided." t nil) | |
11305 | |
11306 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
11307 | |
11308 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
11309 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
11310 | |
11311 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
11312 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
11313 | |
11314 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
11315 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
11316 | |
11317 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
11318 | |
11319 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11320 | |
11321 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
11322 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
11323 | |
11324 ;;;*** | |
11325 | |
11326 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149 | |
25998 | 11327 ;;;;;; 16808)) |
25876 | 11328 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el |
11329 | |
11330 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
11331 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
11332 See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
11333 | |
11334 ;;;*** | |
11335 | |
27949 | 11336 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list |
11337 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14522 | |
11338 ;;;;;; 39506)) | |
25999 | 11339 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
11340 | |
11341 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ | |
11342 Toggle recentf mode. | |
11343 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11344 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on). | |
11345 | |
11346 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
11347 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
11348 | |
11349 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
11350 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
11351 | |
27949 | 11352 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\ |
11353 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil) | |
11354 | |
25999 | 11355 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ |
27949 | 11356 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil) |
11357 | |
11358 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\ | |
11359 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil) | |
25999 | 11360 |
11361 ;;;*** | |
11362 | |
25876 | 11363 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle |
11364 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle | |
11365 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle | |
25998 | 11366 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571)) |
25876 | 11367 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
11368 | |
11369 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
11370 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
11371 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
25998 | 11372 spaces and tab. |
11373 | |
11374 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
11375 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11376 |
11377 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11378 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
11379 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
11380 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
11381 ends. | |
11382 | |
11383 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11384 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
11385 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 11386 |
11387 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11388 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
11389 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
11390 | |
11391 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11392 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
11393 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11394 |
11395 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11396 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
11397 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11398 |
11399 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11400 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
11401 | |
11402 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11403 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
11404 | |
11405 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
11406 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 11407 |
11408 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
11409 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
11410 | |
11411 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
11412 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
11413 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
11414 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
11415 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
11416 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
11417 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
11418 | |
11419 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11420 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
11421 | |
25876 | 11422 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 11423 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
11424 | |
11425 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11426 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
11427 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 11428 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
11429 | |
11430 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
11431 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
11432 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
11433 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 11434 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
11435 | |
11436 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11437 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 11438 |
11439 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11440 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
11441 | |
11442 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11443 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | |
11444 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 11445 |
11446 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11447 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
11448 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
11449 | |
11450 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11451 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
11452 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
11453 | |
11454 ;;;*** | |
11455 | |
11456 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" | |
27949 | 11457 ;;;;;; (14495 18077)) |
25876 | 11458 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
11459 | |
11460 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
11461 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
11462 | |
11463 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
11464 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
11465 | |
25998 | 11466 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
11467 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
11468 | |
25876 | 11469 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
11470 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
11471 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
11472 \\ref macro. | |
11473 | |
11474 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
11475 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
11476 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
11477 | |
25998 | 11478 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
11479 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
11480 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 11481 |
11482 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
11483 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
11484 | |
11485 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
11486 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
11487 | |
11488 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
11489 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
11490 on the menu bar. | |
11491 | |
11492 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
11493 | |
25998 | 11494 ;;;*** |
11495 | |
11496 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
27949 | 11497 ;;;;;; (14495 18066)) |
25998 | 11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
11499 | |
11500 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 11501 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
11502 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
11503 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
11504 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
11505 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
11506 | |
11507 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
11508 | |
26963 | 11509 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
11510 | |
25876 | 11511 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. |
11512 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
11513 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will | |
11514 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | |
11515 | |
11516 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
11517 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
11518 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
11519 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
11520 | |
11521 ;;;*** | |
11522 | |
26963 | 11523 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
27949 | 11524 ;;;;;; (14495 18068)) |
26963 | 11525 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el |
11526 | |
11527 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
11528 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
11529 This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
11530 | |
11531 To insert new phrases, use | |
11532 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
11533 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
11534 | |
11535 To index phrases use one of: | |
11536 | |
11537 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
11538 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
11539 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
11540 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
11541 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
11542 | |
11543 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
11544 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
11545 | |
11546 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
11547 | |
11548 Here are all local bindings. | |
11549 | |
11550 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil) | |
11551 | |
11552 ;;;*** | |
11553 | |
25876 | 11554 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
27949 | 11555 ;;;;;; (14495 18015)) |
25876 | 11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
11557 | |
11558 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
11559 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
11560 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
11561 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
11562 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
11563 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
11564 | |
11565 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) | |
11566 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren)) | |
11567 | |
11568 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs. | |
11569 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil) | |
11570 | |
11571 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
11572 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
11573 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
11574 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
11575 | |
11576 ;;;*** | |
11577 | |
25998 | 11578 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820)) |
25876 | 11579 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
11580 | |
11581 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
11582 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
11583 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
11584 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
11585 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
11586 | |
11587 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
11588 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
11589 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
11590 | |
11591 ;;;*** | |
11592 | |
11593 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
27321 | 11594 ;;;;;; (14356 24412)) |
25876 | 11595 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
11596 | |
26724 | 11597 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
11598 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
11599 | |
11600 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
11601 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
11602 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
11603 | |
11604 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
11605 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
11606 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
11607 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
11608 left after that text. | |
11609 | |
11610 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
11611 is non-nil. | |
11612 | |
11613 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
11614 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
11615 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
11616 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11617 |
11618 ;;;*** | |
11619 | |
11620 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
25998 | 11621 ;;;;;; (13229 29317)) |
25876 | 11622 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
11623 | |
11624 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
11625 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
11626 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
11627 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
11628 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
11629 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
11630 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
11631 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
11632 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
11633 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
11634 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
11635 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
11636 the comment lines. | |
11637 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
11638 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
11639 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
11640 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
11641 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
11642 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
11643 | |
11644 ;;;*** | |
11645 | |
11646 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
11647 ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
11648 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
11649 | |
11650 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
11651 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
11652 | |
11653 ;;;*** | |
11654 | |
11655 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | |
25998 | 11656 ;;;;;; (14283 6810)) |
25876 | 11657 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
11658 | |
11659 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
11660 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
11661 | |
11662 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
11663 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
11664 | |
11665 ;;;*** | |
11666 | |
27949 | 11667 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (14495 17992)) |
25876 | 11668 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el |
11669 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
11670 | |
11671 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
11672 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
11673 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
11674 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
11675 | |
11676 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
11677 | |
11678 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
11679 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
11680 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
11681 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
11682 | |
11683 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
11684 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
11685 | |
11686 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
11687 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
11688 | |
11689 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
11690 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
11691 INPUT-ARGS. | |
11692 | |
11693 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
11694 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
11695 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
11696 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
11697 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
11698 | |
11699 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
11700 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
11701 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
11702 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
11703 | |
11704 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
11705 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
11706 variable." t nil) | |
11707 | |
11708 ;;;*** | |
11709 | |
11710 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
11711 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
11712 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
11713 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
11714 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
27949 | 11715 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14525 4986)) |
25876 | 11716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
11717 | |
11718 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
11719 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
11720 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
11721 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
11722 | |
11723 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
11724 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
11725 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
11726 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
11727 value is the user's name.) | |
11728 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
11729 | |
11730 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\ | |
11731 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. | |
11732 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
11733 which normally happens once for each message, | |
11734 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
11735 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
11736 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
11737 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
11738 | |
11739 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
11740 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
11741 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
11742 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
11743 | |
11744 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\ | |
11745 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | |
11746 | |
11747 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
11748 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
11749 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
11750 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
11751 | |
11752 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
11753 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
11754 | |
11755 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
11756 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
11757 | |
11758 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
11759 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
11760 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
11761 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
11762 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
11763 | |
11764 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
11765 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
11766 | |
11767 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
11768 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
11769 | |
11770 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
11771 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
11772 | |
11773 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ | |
11774 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
11775 | |
11776 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
11777 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
11778 | |
11779 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
11780 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
11781 | |
27949 | 11782 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ |
11783 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | |
11784 | |
25876 | 11785 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ |
11786 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
11787 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
11788 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
11789 | |
11790 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
11791 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
11792 | |
11793 This is set to nil by default.") | |
11794 | |
11795 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
11796 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
11797 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
11798 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
11799 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
11800 | |
11801 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
11802 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.") | |
11803 | |
11804 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
11805 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
11806 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
11807 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
11808 | |
11809 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
11810 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
11811 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
11812 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
11813 | |
11814 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
11815 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
11816 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
11817 | |
11818 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
11819 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
11820 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
11821 | |
11822 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
11823 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
11824 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
11825 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
11826 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
11827 | |
11828 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
11829 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
11830 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
11831 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
11832 | |
11833 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
11834 | |
11835 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
11836 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
11837 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
11838 Instead, these commands are available: | |
11839 | |
11840 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
11841 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
11842 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
11843 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
11844 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
11845 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
11846 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
11847 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
11848 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
11849 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
11850 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
11851 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
11852 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
11853 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
11854 till a deleted message is found. | |
11855 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
11856 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
11857 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
11858 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
11859 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
11860 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
11861 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
11862 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
11863 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
11864 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
11865 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
11866 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
11867 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
11868 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
11869 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
11870 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
11871 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
11872 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
11873 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
11874 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
11875 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
11876 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
11877 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
11878 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
11879 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
11880 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
11881 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
11882 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
11883 | |
11884 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
11885 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
11886 | |
11887 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
11888 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
11889 | |
11890 ;;;*** | |
11891 | |
11892 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
27321 | 11893 ;;;;;; (14387 64145)) |
25876 | 11894 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
11895 | |
11896 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
11897 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
11898 | |
11899 ;;;*** | |
11900 | |
11901 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
11902 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
25998 | 11903 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164)) |
25876 | 11904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
11905 | |
11906 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11907 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
11908 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
11909 | |
11910 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11911 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
11912 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
11913 | |
11914 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
11915 | |
11916 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11917 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
11918 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
11919 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
11920 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
11921 | |
11922 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11923 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
11924 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
11925 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
11926 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
11927 | |
11928 ;;;*** | |
11929 | |
11930 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
25998 | 11931 ;;;;;; (13772 51133)) |
25876 | 11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
11933 | |
11934 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
11935 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
11936 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
11937 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
11938 | |
11939 ;;;*** | |
11940 | |
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
11942 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
25998 | 11943 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393)) |
25876 | 11944 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
11945 | |
11946 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
11947 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
11948 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
11949 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
11950 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
11951 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
11952 a file name as a string.") | |
11953 | |
11954 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
11955 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
11956 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
11957 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
11958 buffer visiting that file. | |
11959 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
11960 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
11961 | |
11962 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
11963 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
11964 | |
11965 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
11966 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil) | |
11967 | |
11968 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
11969 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
11970 | |
11971 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
11972 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
11973 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
11974 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
11975 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
11976 | |
11977 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
11978 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
11979 will be appended with their original headers. | |
11980 | |
11981 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
11982 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
11983 | |
11984 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
11985 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
11986 | |
11987 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
11988 | |
11989 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
11990 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
11991 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
11992 | |
11993 ;;;*** | |
11994 | |
11995 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | |
11996 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | |
25998 | 11997 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054 |
11998 ;;;;;; 26387)) | |
25876 | 11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
12000 | |
12001 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12002 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
12003 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12004 | |
12005 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12006 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
12007 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12008 | |
12009 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12010 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
12011 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12012 | |
12013 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12014 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
12015 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12016 | |
12017 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12018 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
12019 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12020 | |
12021 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12022 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
12023 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12024 | |
12025 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12026 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | |
12027 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
12028 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
12029 | |
12030 ;;;*** | |
12031 | |
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders | |
12033 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients | |
12034 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag | |
12035 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" | |
27321 | 12036 ;;;;;; (14418 7508)) |
25876 | 12037 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
12038 | |
12039 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
12040 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
12041 | |
12042 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
12043 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
12044 | |
12045 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12046 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
12047 | |
12048 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12049 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
12050 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
12051 | |
12052 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12053 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
12054 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
12055 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
12056 only look in the To and From fields. | |
12057 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
12058 | |
12059 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12060 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
12061 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
12062 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
12063 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
12064 | |
12065 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12066 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
12067 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
12068 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
12069 look in the whole message. | |
12070 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
12071 | |
12072 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12073 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
12074 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
12075 | |
12076 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
12077 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
12078 | |
12079 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
12080 | |
12081 ;;;*** | |
12082 | |
12083 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el" | |
25998 | 12084 ;;;;;; (14263 36299)) |
25876 | 12085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el |
12086 | |
12087 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
12088 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
12089 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
12090 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
12091 | |
12092 ;;;*** | |
12093 | |
12094 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
27321 | 12095 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574)) |
25876 | 12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el |
12097 | |
12098 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
12099 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
12100 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil) | |
12101 | |
12102 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
12103 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
12104 | |
12105 ;;;*** | |
12106 | |
12107 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
12108 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
12109 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
25998 | 12110 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409)) |
25876 | 12111 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el |
12112 | |
12113 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 12114 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12115 |
12116 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12117 | |
12118 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
12119 | |
12120 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 12121 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12122 |
12123 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 12124 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12125 |
12126 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 12127 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12128 |
12129 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 12130 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12131 |
12132 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 12133 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12134 |
12135 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 12136 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 12137 |
12138 ;;;*** | |
12139 | |
12140 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | |
27016 | 12141 ;;;;;; (14432 37919)) |
25876 | 12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
12143 | |
12144 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
12145 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
27016 | 12146 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 12147 |
12148 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
12149 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
12150 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
12151 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
12152 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information | |
12153 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode. | |
12154 | |
12155 Commands: | |
12156 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12157 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
12158 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
27016 | 12159 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 12160 if that value is non-nil." t nil) |
12161 | |
12162 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
12163 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
27016 | 12164 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 12165 |
12166 Commands: | |
12167 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12168 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
12169 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
12170 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
12171 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
12172 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
12173 | |
12174 ;;;*** | |
12175 | |
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
27321 | 12177 ;;;;;; (14030 49477)) |
25876 | 12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el |
12179 | |
12180 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
12181 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
12182 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
12183 | |
12184 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12185 | |
12186 ;;;*** | |
12187 | |
26724 | 12188 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381 |
27321 | 12189 ;;;;;; 55098)) |
25876 | 12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
12191 | |
12192 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
12193 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
26724 | 12194 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
25876 | 12195 \\{scribe-mode-map} |
12196 | |
12197 Interesting variables: | |
12198 | |
12199 scribe-fancy-paragraphs | |
12200 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
12201 | |
12202 scribe-electric-quote | |
12203 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
12204 | |
12205 scribe-electric-parenthesis | |
12206 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
12207 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
12208 | |
12209 ;;;*** | |
12210 | |
12211 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode | |
12212 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
12213 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers | |
25998 | 12214 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from |
27949 | 12215 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14495 18026)) |
25876 | 12216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
12217 | |
12218 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
12219 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
12220 | |
12221 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
12222 king@grassland.com | |
12223 If `parens', they look like: | |
12224 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
12225 If `angles', they look like: | |
12226 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 12227 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
12228 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
12229 | |
12230 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
12231 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
12232 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
12233 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
12234 | |
12235 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\ | |
12236 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. | |
12237 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'. | |
12238 | |
12239 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
12240 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 12241 |
12242 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
12243 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
12244 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
12245 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
12246 | |
12247 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
12248 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
12249 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
12250 | |
12251 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
12252 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
12253 | |
12254 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
12255 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
12256 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
12257 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.") | |
12258 | |
12259 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
12260 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
12261 | |
12262 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
12263 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
12264 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
12265 | |
12266 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
12267 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
12268 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
12269 when you first send mail.") | |
12270 | |
12271 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
12272 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
12273 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
12274 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
12275 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
12276 | |
12277 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
12278 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
12279 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
12280 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
12281 This file need not actually exist.") | |
12282 | |
12283 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
12284 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
12285 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
12286 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
12287 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
12288 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
12289 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
12290 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
12291 | |
12292 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
12293 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
12294 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
12295 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
12296 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
12297 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
12298 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
12299 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: | |
12300 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | |
12301 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
12302 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
12303 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
12304 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil) | |
12305 | |
12306 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
12307 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
12308 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
12309 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
12310 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 12311 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 12312 |
12313 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
12314 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
12315 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
12316 | |
12317 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
12318 User should not set this variable manually, | |
12319 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
12320 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 12321 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 12322 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
12323 | |
12324 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
12325 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
12326 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
12327 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
12328 | |
12329 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
12330 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
12331 | |
12332 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
12333 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
12334 | |
12335 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
12336 to move to message header fields: | |
12337 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
12338 | |
12339 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
12340 when the message is initialized. | |
12341 | |
12342 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
12343 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
12344 | |
12345 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
12346 is inserted. | |
12347 | |
12348 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
12349 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
12350 | |
12351 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
12352 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
12353 | |
12354 The second through fifth arguments, | |
12355 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
12356 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
12357 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
12358 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
12359 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
12360 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
12361 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
12362 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
12363 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
12364 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
12365 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
12366 | |
12367 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
12368 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
12369 | |
12370 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
12371 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
12372 | |
12373 ;;;*** | |
12374 | |
25998 | 12375 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343)) |
25876 | 12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
12377 | |
12378 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
12379 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
12380 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
12381 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
12382 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
12383 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
12384 | |
12385 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
12386 | |
12387 ;;;*** | |
12388 | |
12389 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
27949 | 12390 ;;;;;; (14501 37288)) |
25876 | 12391 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
12392 | |
12393 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
12394 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
12395 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
12396 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
12397 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
12398 | |
12399 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
12400 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
12401 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
12402 | |
12403 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
12404 your `.emacs' file. | |
12405 | |
12406 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
12407 | |
12408 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
12409 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
12410 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12411 | |
12412 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
12413 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
12414 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
12415 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
12416 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
12417 which this is based. | |
12418 | |
12419 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
12420 | |
12421 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
12422 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
12423 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
12424 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
12425 | |
12426 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
12427 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
12428 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
12429 | |
12430 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
12431 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
12432 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
12433 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
12434 | |
12435 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
12436 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
12437 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
12438 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
12439 | |
12440 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
12441 | |
12442 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
12443 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
12444 To work around that, do: | |
12445 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
12446 | |
12447 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12448 | |
12449 ;;;*** | |
12450 | |
12451 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
27016 | 12452 ;;;;;; (14432 40418)) |
25876 | 12453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
12454 | |
12455 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
12456 | |
12457 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
12458 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
12459 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
12460 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
12461 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
12462 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
12463 | |
12464 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
12465 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
12466 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
12467 shell-specific features. | |
12468 | |
12469 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
12470 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
12471 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
12472 | |
12473 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
12474 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
12475 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
12476 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
12477 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
12478 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
12479 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
12480 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
12481 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
12482 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
12483 | |
25998 | 12484 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
12485 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
12486 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
12487 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
12488 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
12489 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
12490 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted. | |
12491 | |
12492 | |
25876 | 12493 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
12494 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
12495 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
12496 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
12497 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
12498 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
12499 | |
12500 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
12501 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
12502 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
12503 | |
12504 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
12505 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
12506 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
12507 | |
12508 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
12509 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
12510 | |
12511 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
12512 | |
12513 ;;;*** | |
12514 | |
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
25998 | 12516 ;;;;;; (13667 35245)) |
25876 | 12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
12518 | |
12519 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
12520 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
12521 | |
12522 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
12523 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
12524 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
12525 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
12526 the earlier. | |
12527 | |
12528 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
12529 | |
12530 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
12531 | |
12532 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
12533 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
12534 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
12535 | |
12536 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
12537 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
12538 | |
12539 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
12540 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
12541 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
12542 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
12543 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
12544 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
12545 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
12546 emacs version). | |
12547 | |
12548 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
12549 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
12550 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
12551 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
12552 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
12553 | |
12554 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
12555 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
12556 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
12557 | |
12558 ;;;*** | |
12559 | |
12560 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el" | |
25998 | 12561 ;;;;;; (14263 35978)) |
25876 | 12562 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
12563 | |
12564 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\ | |
12565 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell. | |
12566 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well. | |
12567 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
12568 shell buffer. | |
12569 | |
12570 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does, | |
12571 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input | |
12572 on lines which don't start with a prompt. | |
12573 | |
12574 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.") | |
12575 | |
12576 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
12577 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*. | |
12578 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
12579 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'. | |
12580 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', | |
12581 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
12582 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
12583 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
12584 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
12585 discards input when it starts up.) | |
12586 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
12587 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
12588 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
12589 | |
12590 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
12591 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
12592 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
12593 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
12594 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
12595 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
12596 | |
12597 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
12598 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
12599 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
12600 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
12601 | |
12602 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
12603 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
12604 | |
12605 ;;;*** | |
12606 | |
25998 | 12607 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256 |
12608 ;;;;;; 23740)) | |
25876 | 12609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
12610 | |
12611 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
12612 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
12613 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
12614 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
12615 simula-tab-always-indent | |
12616 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
12617 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
12618 simula-indent-level | |
12619 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
12620 simula-substatement-offset | |
12621 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
12622 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
12623 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
12624 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
12625 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
12626 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
12627 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
12628 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
12629 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
12630 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
12631 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
12632 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
12633 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
12634 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
12635 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
12636 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
12637 simula-electric-indent nil | |
12638 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
12639 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
12640 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
12641 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
12642 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
12643 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
12644 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
12645 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
12646 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
12647 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
12648 | |
12649 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
12650 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
12651 | |
12652 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
12653 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
12654 at all." t nil) | |
12655 | |
12656 ;;;*** | |
12657 | |
12658 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
12659 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
25998 | 12660 ;;;;;; (13940 33497)) |
25876 | 12661 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
12662 | |
12663 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
12664 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
12665 | |
12666 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
12667 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
12668 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
12669 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
12670 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
12671 | |
12672 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
12673 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12674 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12675 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
12676 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
12677 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
12678 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
12679 | |
12680 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
12681 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
12682 ignored." t nil) | |
12683 | |
12684 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
12685 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12686 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12687 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
12688 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
12689 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
12690 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
12691 | |
12692 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
12693 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
12694 ignored." t nil) | |
12695 | |
12696 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
12697 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
12698 | |
12699 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
12700 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
12701 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
12702 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
12703 | |
12704 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
12705 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
12706 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
12707 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
12708 | |
12709 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
12710 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
12711 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
12712 | |
12713 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
12714 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
12715 | |
12716 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
12717 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
12718 | |
12719 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
12720 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination | |
12721 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | |
12722 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
12723 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point | |
12724 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point | |
12725 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | |
12726 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
12727 nil skipped | |
12728 | |
12729 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | |
12730 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
12731 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
12732 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
12733 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
12734 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
12735 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
12736 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
12737 | |
12738 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
12739 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
12740 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
12741 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
12742 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
12743 available: | |
12744 | |
12745 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
12746 then: insert previously read string once more | |
12747 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
12748 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
12749 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
12750 | |
12751 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
12752 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
12753 | |
12754 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
12755 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
12756 | |
12757 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
12758 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
12759 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
12760 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
12761 | |
12762 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
12763 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
12764 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
12765 | |
12766 ;;;*** | |
12767 | |
26899 | 12768 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14415 |
12769 ;;;;;; 42981)) | |
12770 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el | |
12771 | |
12772 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
12773 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
12774 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12775 | |
12776 ;;;*** | |
12777 | |
25876 | 12778 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
27321 | 12779 ;;;;;; (14342 21398)) |
25876 | 12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
12781 | |
12782 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
12783 | |
12784 ;;;*** | |
12785 | |
25998 | 12786 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733)) |
25876 | 12787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
12788 | |
12789 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
12790 Play the Snake game. | |
12791 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
12792 | |
12793 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
12794 | |
12795 snake-mode keybindings: | |
12796 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
12797 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
12798 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
12799 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
12800 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
12801 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
12802 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
12803 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
12804 | |
12805 " t nil) | |
12806 | |
12807 ;;;*** | |
12808 | |
12809 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el" | |
25998 | 12810 ;;;;;; (14082 18459)) |
25876 | 12811 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el |
12812 | |
12813 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
12814 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
12815 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
12816 Tab indents for C code. | |
12817 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
12818 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12819 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
12820 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
12821 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
12822 | |
12823 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
12824 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
12825 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
12826 Tab indents for C code. | |
12827 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
12828 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12829 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
12830 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
12831 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
12832 | |
12833 ;;;*** | |
12834 | |
12835 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
12836 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
12837 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924)) | |
12838 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | |
12839 | |
12840 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
12841 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
12842 | |
12843 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
12844 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
12845 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
12846 | |
12847 For example, the form | |
12848 | |
12849 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
12850 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
12851 | |
12852 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
12853 | |
12854 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
12855 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
12856 | |
12857 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
12858 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
12859 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
12860 York City. | |
12861 | |
12862 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
12863 | |
12864 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
12865 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
12866 | |
12867 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
12868 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
12869 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
12870 York City. | |
12871 | |
12872 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
12873 | |
12874 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
12875 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
12876 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
12877 pair. | |
12878 | |
12879 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
12880 | |
12881 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
12882 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
12883 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
12884 | |
12885 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
12886 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
12887 | |
12888 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
12889 | |
12890 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
12891 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
12892 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
12893 | |
12894 ;;;*** | |
12895 | |
12896 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
25998 | 12897 ;;;;;; 20348)) |
25876 | 12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
12899 | |
12900 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
12901 Play Solitaire. | |
12902 | |
12903 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
12904 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
12905 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
12906 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
12907 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
12908 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
12909 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
12910 check after each move or undo) | |
12911 | |
12912 What is Solitaire? | |
12913 | |
12914 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
12915 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
12916 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
12917 | |
12918 Le Solitaire | |
12919 ============ | |
12920 | |
12921 o o o | |
12922 | |
12923 o o o | |
12924 | |
12925 o o o o o o o | |
12926 | |
12927 o o o . o o o | |
12928 | |
12929 o o o o o o o | |
12930 | |
12931 o o o | |
12932 | |
12933 o o o | |
12934 | |
12935 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
12936 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
12937 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
12938 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
12939 | |
12940 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
12941 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
12942 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
12943 this: o o . | |
12944 | |
12945 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
12946 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
12947 | |
12948 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
12949 | |
12950 o o o | |
12951 | |
12952 . o o | |
12953 | |
12954 o o . o o o o | |
12955 | |
12956 o . o o o o o | |
12957 | |
12958 o o o o o o o | |
12959 | |
12960 o o o | |
12961 | |
12962 o o o | |
12963 | |
12964 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
12965 | |
12966 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12967 | |
12968 ;;;*** | |
12969 | |
12970 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
12971 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
27545 | 12972 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636)) |
25876 | 12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
12974 | |
12975 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
12976 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
12977 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
12978 | |
12979 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
12980 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
12981 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
12982 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
12983 contiguous. | |
12984 | |
12985 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
12986 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
12987 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12988 the sort order. | |
12989 | |
12990 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
12991 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
12992 | |
12993 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
12994 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
12995 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
12996 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
12997 is called. | |
12998 | |
12999 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
13000 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
13001 | |
13002 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
13003 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
13004 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
13005 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
13006 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
13007 | |
13008 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
13009 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
13010 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
13011 | |
13012 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
13013 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
13014 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13015 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
13016 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13017 the sort order." t nil) | |
13018 | |
13019 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
13020 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
13021 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13022 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
13023 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13024 the sort order." t nil) | |
13025 | |
13026 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
13027 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
13028 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13029 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
13030 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13031 the sort order." t nil) | |
13032 | |
13033 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
13034 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
13035 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
27545 | 13036 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, |
13037 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | |
13038 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | |
25876 | 13039 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
13040 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13041 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
13042 | |
13043 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
13044 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
13045 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
13046 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
13047 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13048 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
13049 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13050 the sort order." t nil) | |
13051 | |
13052 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
13053 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
13054 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
13055 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
13056 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
13057 is to be used for sorting. | |
13058 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
13059 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
13060 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
13061 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
13062 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
13063 | |
13064 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
13065 | |
13066 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13067 the sort order. | |
13068 | |
13069 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
13070 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
13071 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
13072 | |
13073 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
13074 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
13075 For the purpose of this command, the region includes | |
13076 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. | |
13077 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
13078 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order. | |
13079 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13080 the sort order. | |
13081 | |
13082 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
13083 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
13084 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
13085 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
13086 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
13087 | |
13088 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
13089 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
13090 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
13091 | |
13092 ;;;*** | |
13093 | |
13094 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
26724 | 13095 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247)) |
25876 | 13096 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
13097 | |
13098 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
13099 | |
13100 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
13101 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
13102 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
13103 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
13104 supported at a time. | |
13105 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
13106 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
13107 | |
13108 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
13109 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
13110 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
13111 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
13112 | |
13113 ;;;*** | |
13114 | |
13115 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
25998 | 13116 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858)) |
25876 | 13117 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
13118 | |
13119 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
13120 | |
13121 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
13122 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
13123 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
13124 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
13125 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
13126 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
13127 | |
13128 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
13129 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
13130 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
13131 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
13132 | |
13133 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
13134 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
13135 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
13136 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
13137 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
13138 | |
13139 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
13140 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
13141 | |
13142 ;;;*** | |
13143 | |
13144 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 13145 ;;;;;; 43485)) |
25876 | 13146 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
13147 | |
13148 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
13149 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
13150 | |
13151 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
13152 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
13153 | |
13154 ;;;*** | |
13155 | |
13156 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" | |
27321 | 13157 ;;;;;; (14395 64503)) |
25876 | 13158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
13159 | |
13160 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 13161 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 13162 |
13163 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
13164 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
13165 | |
13166 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
13167 | |
13168 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
13169 | |
13170 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
13171 | |
13172 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
13173 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
13174 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
13175 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
13176 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
13177 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
13178 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
13179 | |
13180 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
13181 | |
13182 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
13183 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
13184 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
13185 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
13186 | |
13187 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each | |
13188 entry function you want to use regularly: | |
13189 | |
13190 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t) | |
13191 | |
13192 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
13193 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
13194 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
13195 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
13196 | |
13197 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
13198 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
13199 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
13200 | |
13201 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
13202 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
13203 | |
13204 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
13205 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
13206 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
13207 | |
25998 | 13208 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 13209 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
13210 | |
13211 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
13212 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
13213 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
13214 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
13215 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
13216 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
13217 | |
13218 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
13219 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
13220 | |
13221 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ | |
13222 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
13223 | |
13224 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
13225 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
13226 `*SQL*'. | |
13227 | |
13228 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
13229 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
13230 | |
13231 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
13232 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
13233 | |
13234 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
13235 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
13236 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
13237 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
13238 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 13239 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 13240 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
13241 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
13242 | |
13243 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
13244 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
13245 | |
13246 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
13247 | |
13248 ;;;*** | |
13249 | |
13250 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help | |
13251 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke | |
13252 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) | |
25998 | 13253 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50462)) |
25876 | 13254 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
13255 | |
13256 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
13257 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled") | |
13258 | |
13259 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13260 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
13261 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
13262 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
13263 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
13264 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
13265 | |
13266 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
13267 | |
13268 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13269 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
13270 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
13271 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
13272 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
13273 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
13274 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
13275 | |
13276 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13277 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
13278 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
13279 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
13280 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
13281 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
13282 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
13283 | |
13284 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13285 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand. | |
13286 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
13287 | |
13288 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13289 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
13290 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
13291 | |
13292 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13293 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
13294 | |
13295 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
13296 | |
13297 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
13298 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil) | |
13299 | |
13300 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
13301 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
13302 | |
13303 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
13304 | |
13305 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ | |
13306 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
13307 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
13308 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
13309 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
13310 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
13311 new strokes with | |
13312 | |
13313 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
13314 | |
13315 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
13316 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your | |
13317 strokes with | |
13318 | |
13319 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
13320 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
13321 | |
13322 ;;;*** | |
13323 | |
13324 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" | |
27321 | 13325 ;;;;;; (14385 23097)) |
25876 | 13326 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
13327 | |
13328 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
13329 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
13330 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
13331 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
13332 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
13333 original message but it does require a few things: | |
13334 | |
13335 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
13336 | |
13337 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
13338 reply buffer. | |
13339 | |
13340 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
13341 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
13342 original message. | |
13343 | |
13344 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
13345 | |
13346 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
13347 | |
13348 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
13349 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
13350 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
13351 | |
13352 ;;;*** | |
13353 | |
27321 | 13354 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639)) |
25876 | 13355 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el |
13356 | |
13357 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
13358 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
13359 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
13360 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
13361 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
13362 | |
13363 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
13364 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
13365 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
13366 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
13367 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
13368 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
13369 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
13370 | |
13371 ;;;*** | |
13372 | |
25998 | 13373 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630)) |
25876 | 13374 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
13375 | |
13376 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
13377 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
13378 | |
13379 ;;;*** | |
13380 | |
27949 | 13381 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995)) |
25876 | 13382 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
13383 | |
13384 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
13385 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
13386 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
13387 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
13388 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
13389 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
13390 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
13391 | |
13392 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
13393 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
13394 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
13395 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
13396 | |
13397 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
13398 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
13399 | |
13400 ;;;*** | |
13401 | |
25998 | 13402 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
13403 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428)) | |
13404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el | |
13405 | |
13406 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
13407 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
13408 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
13409 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
13410 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
13411 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13412 | |
13413 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
13414 tcl-indent-level | |
13415 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
13416 tcl-continued-indent-level | |
13417 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
13418 | |
13419 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
13420 documentation for details): | |
13421 tcl-tab-always-indent | |
13422 Controls action of TAB key. | |
13423 tcl-auto-newline | |
13424 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
13425 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
13426 tcl-electric-hash-style | |
13427 Controls action of `#' key. | |
13428 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector | |
13429 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. | |
13430 This variable is only used in Emacs 19. | |
13431 tcl-use-smart-word-finder | |
13432 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
13433 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
13434 | |
13435 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
13436 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
13437 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
13438 already exist. | |
13439 | |
13440 Commands: | |
13441 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13442 | |
13443 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
13444 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
13445 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
13446 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
13447 | |
13448 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
13449 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
13450 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
13451 | |
13452 ;;;*** | |
13453 | |
13454 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416)) | |
25876 | 13455 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el |
13456 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
13457 | |
13458 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
13459 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
13460 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
13461 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
13462 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
13463 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
13464 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
13465 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
13466 | |
13467 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
13468 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
13469 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
13470 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
13471 | |
13472 ;;;*** | |
13473 | |
25998 | 13474 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268 |
13475 ;;;;;; 17354)) | |
25876 | 13476 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
13477 | |
13478 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
13479 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
13480 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
13481 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
13482 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
13483 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
13484 | |
13485 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
13486 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
13487 | |
13488 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
13489 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
13490 | |
13491 ;;;*** | |
13492 | |
25998 | 13493 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280 |
13494 ;;;;;; 10588)) | |
25876 | 13495 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
13496 | |
13497 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
13498 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
13499 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
13500 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
13501 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
13502 program as keyboard input. | |
13503 | |
13504 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
13505 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
13506 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
13507 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
13508 | |
13509 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
13510 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
13511 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
13512 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
13513 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
13514 | |
13515 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
13516 | |
13517 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
13518 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
13519 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
13520 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
13521 | |
13522 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
13523 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
13524 subprocess started." t nil) | |
13525 | |
13526 ;;;*** | |
13527 | |
25998 | 13528 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411)) |
25876 | 13529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
13530 | |
13531 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
13532 Play the Tetris game. | |
13533 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
13534 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
13535 as to form complete rows. | |
13536 | |
13537 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
13538 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
13539 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
13540 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
13541 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
13542 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
13543 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
13544 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
13545 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
13546 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
13547 | |
13548 " t nil) | |
13549 | |
13550 ;;;*** | |
13551 | |
13552 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
13553 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
13554 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13555 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
13556 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
13557 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
13558 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
27321 | 13559 ;;;;;; (14365 34873)) |
25876 | 13560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
13561 | |
13562 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
13563 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
13564 | |
13565 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
13566 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
13567 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
13568 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
13569 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
13570 | |
13571 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
13572 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
13573 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
13574 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
13575 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
13576 | |
13577 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
13578 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
13579 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
13580 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
13581 | |
13582 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
13583 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
13584 | |
13585 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
13586 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
13587 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
13588 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
13589 | |
13590 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
13591 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
13592 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
13593 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
13594 | |
13595 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
13596 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
13597 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
13598 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
13599 | |
13600 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
13601 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
13602 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
13603 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
13604 | |
13605 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
13606 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
13607 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
13608 | |
13609 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
13610 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
13611 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13612 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
13613 | |
13614 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
13615 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13616 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13617 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
13618 | |
13619 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
13620 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
13621 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13622 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
13623 | |
13624 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
13625 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
13626 for example, | |
13627 | |
13628 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13629 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
13630 | |
13631 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
13632 use.") | |
13633 | |
13634 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
13635 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
13636 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13637 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
13638 | |
13639 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
13640 window system being used. For example, | |
13641 | |
13642 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
13643 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
13644 | |
13645 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
13646 otherwise.") | |
13647 | |
13648 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
13649 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
13650 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
13651 | |
26724 | 13652 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
25876 | 13653 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
13654 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
13655 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
13656 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
13657 | |
13658 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
13659 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
13660 | |
13661 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
13662 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
13663 | |
13664 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13665 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
13666 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
13667 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
13668 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
13669 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
13670 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
13671 | |
13672 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
13673 | |
13674 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
13675 | |
13676 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
13677 | |
13678 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13679 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
13680 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13681 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13682 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13683 | |
13684 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
13685 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
13686 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13687 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13688 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13689 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13690 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13691 | |
13692 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13693 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13694 | |
13695 Special commands: | |
13696 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13697 | |
13698 Mode variables: | |
13699 tex-run-command | |
13700 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13701 tex-directory | |
13702 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
13703 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13704 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13705 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13706 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13707 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13708 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13709 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13710 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13711 tex-show-queue-command | |
13712 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13713 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13714 | |
13715 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
13716 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
13717 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13718 | |
13719 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13720 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
13721 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13722 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13723 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13724 | |
13725 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
13726 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
13727 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13728 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13729 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13730 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13731 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13732 | |
13733 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13734 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13735 | |
13736 Special commands: | |
13737 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13738 | |
13739 Mode variables: | |
13740 latex-run-command | |
13741 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13742 tex-directory | |
13743 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
13744 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13745 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13746 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13747 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13748 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13749 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13750 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13751 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13752 tex-show-queue-command | |
13753 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13754 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13755 | |
13756 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
13757 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
13758 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13759 | |
13760 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13761 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
13762 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13763 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13764 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13765 | |
13766 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
13767 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
13768 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13769 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13770 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13771 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13772 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13773 | |
13774 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13775 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13776 | |
13777 Special commands: | |
13778 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13779 | |
13780 Mode variables: | |
13781 slitex-run-command | |
13782 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13783 tex-directory | |
13784 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
13785 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13786 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13787 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13788 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13789 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13790 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13791 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13792 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13793 tex-show-queue-command | |
13794 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13795 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13796 | |
13797 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
13798 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
13799 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
13800 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13801 | |
13802 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
13803 | |
13804 ;;;*** | |
13805 | |
13806 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
27321 | 13807 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14456 53455)) |
25876 | 13808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
13809 | |
13810 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
13811 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
13812 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
13813 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
13814 | |
13815 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
13816 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
13817 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
13818 | |
13819 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
13820 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
13821 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
13822 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
13823 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
13824 | |
13825 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
13826 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
13827 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
13828 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
13829 | |
13830 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
13831 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
13832 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
13833 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
13834 | |
13835 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
13836 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
13837 | |
13838 ;;;*** | |
13839 | |
13840 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" | |
25998 | 13841 ;;;;;; (14302 8279)) |
25876 | 13842 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
13843 | |
13844 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ | |
13845 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
13846 | |
13847 It has these extra commands: | |
13848 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
13849 | |
13850 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
13851 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
13852 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
13853 modified version of TeX input format. | |
13854 | |
13855 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
13856 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
13857 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
13858 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
13859 | |
13860 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
13861 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
13862 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
13863 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
13864 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
13865 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
13866 in the Texinfo file. | |
13867 | |
13868 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
13869 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
13870 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
13871 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
13872 move forward past the closing brace. | |
13873 | |
13874 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
13875 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
13876 | |
13877 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
13878 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
13879 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
13880 | |
13881 Here are the functions: | |
13882 | |
13883 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
13884 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
13885 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
13886 | |
13887 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
13888 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
13889 texinfo-master-menu | |
13890 | |
13891 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
13892 | |
13893 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
13894 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
13895 | |
13896 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
13897 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
13898 in the region. | |
13899 | |
13900 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
13901 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
13902 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
13903 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
13904 | |
13905 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
13906 be the first node in the file. | |
13907 | |
13908 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the | |
13909 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil) | |
13910 | |
13911 ;;;*** | |
13912 | |
13913 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update | |
13914 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" | |
25998 | 13915 ;;;;;; (14263 36019)) |
25876 | 13916 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el |
13917 | |
13918 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13919 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
13920 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region. | |
13921 | |
13922 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their | |
13923 keybindings, are: | |
13924 | |
13925 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
13926 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
13927 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) | |
13928 | |
13929 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
13930 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
13931 texinfo-master-menu () | |
13932 | |
13933 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
13934 | |
13935 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
13936 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil) | |
13937 | |
13938 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13939 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil) | |
13940 | |
13941 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13942 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. | |
13943 | |
13944 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the | |
13945 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or | |
13946 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or | |
13947 `p' takes you straight through the file. | |
13948 | |
13949 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
13950 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the | |
13951 marked region. | |
13952 | |
13953 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and | |
13954 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant | |
13955 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the | |
13956 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil) | |
13957 | |
13958 ;;;*** | |
13959 | |
26899 | 13960 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
25876 | 13961 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region |
13962 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" | |
27545 | 13963 ;;;;;; (14477 53255)) |
25876 | 13964 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
13965 | |
13966 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\ | |
13967 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil) | |
13968 | |
13969 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
13970 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
13971 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
13972 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
13973 | |
13974 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
13975 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
13976 | |
13977 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
13978 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
13979 | |
13980 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
13981 | |
26899 | 13982 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
13983 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
13984 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
13985 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
13986 to compose. | |
13987 | |
13988 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13989 |
13990 ;;;*** | |
13991 | |
27949 | 13992 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point |
13993 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
13994 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997)) | |
25876 | 13995 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
13996 | |
13997 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13998 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
13999 | |
14000 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
14001 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
14002 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
14003 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
14004 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
14005 | |
14006 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
14007 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
14008 | |
14009 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
14010 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
14011 | |
14012 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
14013 Return the THING at point. | |
14014 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
14015 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
14016 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
14017 | |
14018 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
14019 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
14020 | |
27949 | 14021 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) |
14022 | |
14023 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
14024 | |
14025 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
14026 | |
14027 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
14028 | |
25876 | 14029 ;;;*** |
14030 | |
14031 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
26899 | 14032 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
14033 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan | |
14034 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment) | |
26963 | 14035 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14423 51008)) |
25876 | 14036 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
14037 | |
14038 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil) | |
14039 | |
26899 | 14040 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
25876 | 14041 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
14042 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
14043 | |
26899 | 14044 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
14045 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
14046 | |
14047 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
14048 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
14049 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
25876 | 14050 |
14051 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 14052 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
25876 | 14053 |
14054 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 14055 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) |
14056 | |
14057 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region)) | |
14058 | |
14059 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string)) | |
14060 | |
14061 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
25876 | 14062 |
14063 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
14064 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
26899 | 14065 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
25876 | 14066 |
14067 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
14068 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
14069 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
14070 | |
14071 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14072 | |
14073 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14074 | |
14075 ;;;*** | |
14076 | |
26724 | 14077 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
27321 | 14078 ;;;;;; (14357 30776)) |
26724 | 14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
14080 | |
14081 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
14082 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
14083 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
14084 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
14085 parameters. | |
14086 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
14087 | |
14088 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
14089 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
14090 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
14091 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
14092 parameters. | |
14093 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
14094 | |
14095 ;;;*** | |
14096 | |
25998 | 14097 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date |
27949 | 14098 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14495 17997)) |
25876 | 14099 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
14100 | |
25998 | 14101 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
14102 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
14103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14104 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
14105 | |
14106 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14107 | |
14108 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
14109 | |
25876 | 14110 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ |
14111 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
14112 | |
14113 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
14114 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
14115 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
14116 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
14117 are displayed as well. | |
14118 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
14119 | |
14120 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ | |
14121 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
14122 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
14123 | |
14124 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
14125 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
14126 are displayed as well. | |
14127 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
14128 | |
14129 ;;;*** | |
14130 | |
14131 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" | |
25998 | 14132 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981)) |
25876 | 14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
14134 | |
14135 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 14136 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 14137 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
14138 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
14139 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
14140 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
14141 look like one of the following: | |
14142 Time-stamp: <> | |
14143 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
14144 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
14145 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
14146 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
14147 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 14148 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
14149 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
14150 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 14151 |
14152 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
14153 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
14154 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
14155 | |
14156 ;;;*** | |
14157 | |
14158 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer | |
14159 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
25998 | 14160 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821)) |
25876 | 14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
14162 | |
14163 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
14164 | |
14165 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
14166 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
14167 | |
14168 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
14169 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
14170 | |
14171 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
14172 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
14173 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
14174 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
14175 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
14176 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
14177 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
14178 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
14179 | |
14180 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
14181 | |
14182 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
14183 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
14184 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
14185 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
14186 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
14187 | |
14188 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
14189 | |
14190 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
14191 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
14192 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
14193 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
14194 | |
14195 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
14196 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
14197 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
14198 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. | |
14199 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
14200 | |
14201 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
14202 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
14203 | |
14204 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
14205 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
14206 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
14207 The call should look like: | |
14208 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
14209 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
14210 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
14211 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
14212 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
14213 | |
14214 ;;;*** | |
14215 | |
14216 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
25998 | 14217 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800)) |
25876 | 14218 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
14219 | |
14220 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
14221 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
14222 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
14223 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
14224 | |
14225 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
14226 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
14227 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
14228 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
14229 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
14230 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
14231 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
14232 | |
14233 ;;;*** | |
14234 | |
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
27545 | 14236 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719)) |
25876 | 14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
14238 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
14239 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
14240 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
14241 | |
14242 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
14243 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
14244 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
14245 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
14246 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
14247 | |
14248 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
14249 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
14250 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
14251 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
14252 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
14253 | |
14254 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
14255 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
14256 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
14257 in the menu in two ways: | |
14258 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
14259 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
14260 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
14261 | |
14262 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
14263 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
14264 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
14265 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
14266 | |
14267 ;;;*** | |
14268 | |
25998 | 14269 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
27949 | 14270 ;;;;;; (14495 17998)) |
25876 | 14271 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
14272 | |
14273 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
14274 Mode for tooltip display. | |
14275 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
14276 | |
25998 | 14277 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
14278 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
14279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14280 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
14281 | |
14282 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14283 | |
14284 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
14285 | |
14286 ;;;*** | |
14287 | |
14288 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299 | |
14289 ;;;;;; 63726)) | |
25876 | 14290 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
14291 | |
14292 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
14293 | |
14294 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
14295 | |
14296 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
14297 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
14298 | |
14299 ;;;*** | |
14300 | |
14301 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
25998 | 14302 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919)) |
25876 | 14303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
14304 | |
14305 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
14306 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
14307 | |
14308 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
14309 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
14310 | |
14311 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
14312 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
14313 | |
14314 ;;;*** | |
14315 | |
25998 | 14316 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547)) |
25876 | 14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
14318 | |
14319 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
14320 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
14321 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
14322 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
14323 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
14324 | |
14325 ;;;*** | |
14326 | |
14327 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
25998 | 14328 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440)) |
25876 | 14329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
14330 | |
14331 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
14332 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
14333 | |
14334 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
14335 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
14336 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
14337 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
14338 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
14339 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
14340 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
14341 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
14342 | |
14343 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
14344 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
14345 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
14346 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
14347 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
14348 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
14349 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
14350 | |
14351 ;;;*** | |
14352 | |
14353 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
25998 | 14354 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924)) |
25876 | 14355 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
14356 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
14357 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
14358 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
14359 | |
14360 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
14361 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
14362 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
14363 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
14364 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
14365 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
14366 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
14367 | |
14368 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
14369 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
14370 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
14371 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
14372 | |
14373 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
14374 | |
14375 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
14376 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
14377 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
14378 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
14379 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
14380 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
14381 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
14382 | |
14383 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
14384 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
14385 | |
14386 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
14387 \\___/\\ | |
14388 / \\ | |
14389 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
14390 | |
14391 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
14392 | |
14393 ;;;*** | |
14394 | |
14395 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
14396 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
14397 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
25998 | 14398 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029)) |
25876 | 14399 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
14400 | |
14401 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
14402 Toggle typing break mode. | |
14403 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
14404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14405 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
14406 | |
14407 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14408 | |
14409 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
14410 | |
14411 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
14412 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
14413 | |
14414 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
14415 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
14416 | |
14417 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
14418 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
14419 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
14420 | |
14421 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
14422 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
14423 | |
14424 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
14425 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
14426 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
14427 | |
14428 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
14429 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
14430 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
14431 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
14432 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
14433 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
14434 | |
14435 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
14436 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
14437 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
14438 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
14439 | |
14440 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
14441 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
14442 | |
14443 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
14444 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
14445 | |
14446 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
14447 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
14448 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
14449 | |
14450 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
14451 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
14452 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
14453 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
14454 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
14455 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
14456 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
14457 | |
14458 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
14459 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
14460 | |
14461 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
14462 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
14463 reset the keystroke counter. | |
14464 | |
14465 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
14466 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
14467 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
14468 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
14469 | |
14470 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
14471 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
14472 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
14473 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
14474 | |
14475 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
14476 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
14477 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
14478 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
14479 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
14480 or not to continue. | |
14481 | |
14482 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
14483 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
14484 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
14485 approximate good values for this. | |
14486 | |
14487 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
14488 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
14489 | |
14490 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
14491 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
14492 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
14493 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
14494 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
14495 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
14496 | |
14497 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
14498 a typing break occur. They include: | |
14499 | |
14500 `type-break-query-mode' | |
14501 `type-break-query-function' | |
14502 `type-break-query-interval' | |
14503 | |
14504 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
14505 | |
14506 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
14507 Take a typing break. | |
14508 | |
14509 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
14510 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
14511 | |
14512 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
14513 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
14514 | |
14515 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
14516 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
14517 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
14518 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
14519 | |
14520 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
14521 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
14522 | |
14523 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
14524 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
14525 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
14526 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
14527 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
14528 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
14529 average typing speed.) | |
14530 | |
14531 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
14532 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
14533 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
14534 the computed maximum threshold. | |
14535 | |
14536 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
14537 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
14538 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
14539 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
14540 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
14541 | |
14542 ;;;*** | |
14543 | |
14544 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
25998 | 14545 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817)) |
25876 | 14546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
14547 | |
14548 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
14549 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
14550 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
14551 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
14552 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
14553 | |
14554 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
14555 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
14556 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
14557 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
14558 | |
14559 ;;;*** | |
14560 | |
14561 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
27545 | 14562 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848)) |
25876 | 14563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
14564 | |
14565 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
14566 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
14567 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
14568 | |
14569 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
14570 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
14571 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
14572 following the containing message." t nil) | |
14573 | |
14574 ;;;*** | |
14575 | |
14576 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
25998 | 14577 ;;;;;; (13229 29740)) |
25876 | 14578 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
14579 | |
14580 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
14581 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
14582 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
14583 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
14584 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
14585 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
14586 | |
14587 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
14588 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
14589 | |
14590 ;;;*** | |
14591 | |
14592 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
27321 | 14593 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297)) |
25876 | 14594 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
14595 | |
14596 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
14597 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
14598 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
26724 | 14599 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
25876 | 14600 to refrain from editing the file |
14601 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
14602 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
14603 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
14604 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
14605 | |
14606 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
14607 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
14608 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
14609 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
14610 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
14611 | |
14612 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
14613 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
14614 | |
14615 ;;;*** | |
14616 | |
14617 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file | |
14618 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
14619 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge | |
14620 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register | |
14621 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook | |
27545 | 14622 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14478 |
14623 ;;;;;; 52465)) | |
25876 | 14624 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
14625 | |
14626 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
14627 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
14628 See `run-hooks'.") | |
14629 | |
14630 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
14631 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. | |
14632 See `run-hooks'.") | |
14633 | |
14634 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\ | |
14635 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.") | |
14636 | |
14637 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
14638 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary. | |
14639 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string). | |
14640 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
14641 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
14642 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) | |
14643 | |
14644 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
14645 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT. | |
14646 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. | |
14647 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
14648 | |
14649 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | |
14650 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
14651 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
14652 it will operate on the file in the current line. | |
14653 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
14654 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on | |
14655 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
14656 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
14657 lock steals will raise an error. | |
14658 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
14659 | |
14660 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
14661 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
14662 control. | |
14663 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
14664 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
14665 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
14666 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
14667 it performs a revert. | |
14668 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
14669 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
14670 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
14671 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
14672 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
14673 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
14674 the option to steal the lock. | |
14675 | |
14676 For CVS files: | |
14677 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
14678 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
14679 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
14680 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
14681 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
14682 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
14683 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
14684 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
14685 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
14686 | |
14687 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
14688 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil) | |
14689 | |
14690 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
14691 Display diffs between file versions. | |
14692 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent | |
14693 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. | |
14694 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
14695 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
14696 | |
14697 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
14698 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
14699 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
14700 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
14701 | |
14702 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
14703 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system. | |
14704 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from | |
14705 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil) | |
14706 | |
14707 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil) | |
14708 | |
14709 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
14710 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
14711 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
14712 | |
14713 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil) | |
14714 | |
14715 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
14716 Make a snapshot called NAME. | |
14717 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current | |
14718 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest | |
14719 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil) | |
14720 | |
14721 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
14722 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty. | |
14723 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below | |
14724 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are | |
14725 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME. | |
14726 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently | |
14727 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil) | |
14728 | |
14729 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
14730 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
14731 | |
14732 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
14733 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
14734 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
14735 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not | |
14736 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file; | |
14737 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil) | |
14738 | |
14739 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
14740 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
14741 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) | |
14742 | |
14743 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | |
14744 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
14745 | |
14746 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
14747 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs. | |
14748 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default | |
14749 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially. | |
14750 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log. | |
14751 | |
14752 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file. | |
14753 | |
14754 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
14755 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
14756 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
14757 | |
14758 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are | |
14759 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the | |
14760 default directory." t nil) | |
14761 | |
14762 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
14763 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors. | |
14764 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue. | |
14765 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale. | |
14766 | |
14767 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
14768 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
14769 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
14770 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
14771 | |
14772 ;;;*** | |
14773 | |
14774 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" | |
27321 | 14775 ;;;;;; (14385 10956)) |
25876 | 14776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
14777 | |
14778 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
14779 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
14780 | |
14781 Usage: | |
14782 ------ | |
14783 | |
14784 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
14785 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
14786 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
14787 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
14788 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
14789 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
14790 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
14791 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
14792 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
14793 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
14794 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
14795 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
14796 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
14797 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
14798 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
14799 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
14800 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
14801 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
14802 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
14803 | |
14804 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
14805 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
14806 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
14807 | |
14808 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
14809 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
14810 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
14811 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
14812 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
14813 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
14814 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
14815 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
14816 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
14817 | |
14818 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
14819 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
14820 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
14821 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
14822 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
14823 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
14824 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
14825 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
14826 | |
14827 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
14828 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
14829 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
14830 | |
14831 - COMMENTS: | |
14832 `--' puts a single comment. | |
14833 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
14834 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
14835 comment in between. | |
14836 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
14837 following lines. | |
14838 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
14839 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
14840 | |
14841 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
14842 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
14843 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
14844 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
14845 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
14846 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
14847 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
14848 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
14849 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
14850 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
14851 multi-line comments. | |
14852 | |
14853 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
14854 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
14855 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
14856 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
14857 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
14858 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
14859 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
14860 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
14861 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
14862 | |
14863 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
14864 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
14865 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
14866 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
14867 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
14868 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
14869 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
14870 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
14871 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
14872 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
14873 | |
14874 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
14875 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
14876 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
14877 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
14878 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
14879 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
14880 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
14881 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
14882 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
14883 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
14884 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
14885 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
14886 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
14887 | |
14888 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
14889 | |
14890 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
14891 menu). | |
14892 | |
14893 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
14894 | |
14895 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
14896 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
14897 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
14898 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
14899 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
14900 | |
14901 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
14902 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
14903 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
14904 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
14905 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
14906 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
14907 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
14908 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
14909 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
14910 | |
14911 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
14912 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
14913 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
14914 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
14915 specified. | |
14916 | |
14917 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
14918 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
14919 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
14920 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
14921 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
14922 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
14923 | |
14924 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
14925 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
14926 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
14927 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
14928 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
14929 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
14930 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
14931 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
14932 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
14933 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
14934 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
14935 | |
14936 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
14937 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
14938 Math Packages. | |
14939 | |
14940 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
14941 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
14942 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
14943 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
14944 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
14945 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
14946 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
14947 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
14948 | |
14949 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
14950 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
14951 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
14952 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
14953 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
14954 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
14955 | |
14956 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
14957 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
14958 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
14959 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
14960 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
14961 | |
14962 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
14963 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
14964 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
14965 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
14966 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
14967 | |
14968 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
14969 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
14970 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
14971 | |
14972 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
14973 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
14974 is non-nil. | |
14975 | |
14976 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
14977 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
14978 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
14979 | |
14980 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
14981 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
14982 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
14983 | |
14984 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
14985 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
14986 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
14987 | |
14988 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
14989 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
14990 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
14991 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
14992 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
14993 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
14994 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
14995 | |
14996 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
14997 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
14998 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
14999 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
15000 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
15001 | |
15002 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
15003 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
15004 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
15005 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
15006 | |
15007 - HINTS: | |
15008 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
15009 | |
15010 | |
15011 Maintenance: | |
15012 ------------ | |
15013 | |
15014 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
15015 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
15016 | |
15017 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
15018 | |
15019 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
15020 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
15021 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
15022 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
15023 | |
15024 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
15025 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
15026 version and release notes can be found. | |
15027 | |
15028 | |
15029 Bugs and Limitations: | |
15030 --------------------- | |
15031 | |
15032 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
15033 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
15034 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
15035 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
15036 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
15037 does not work under XEmacs. | |
15038 | |
15039 | |
15040 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
15041 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
15042 | |
15043 Key bindings: | |
15044 ------------- | |
15045 | |
15046 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15047 | |
15048 ;;;*** | |
15049 | |
25998 | 15050 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773)) |
25876 | 15051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
15052 | |
15053 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
15054 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
15055 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
15056 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
15057 | |
15058 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
15059 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
15060 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
15061 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
15062 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
15063 | |
15064 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
15065 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
15066 | |
15067 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
15068 | |
15069 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
15070 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
15071 not supported. | |
15072 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
15073 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
15074 | |
15075 * Modifications | |
15076 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
15077 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
15078 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
15079 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
15080 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
15081 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
15082 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
15083 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
15084 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
15085 | |
15086 * Extensions | |
15087 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
15088 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
15089 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
15090 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
15091 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
15092 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
15093 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
15094 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
15095 | |
15096 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
15097 | |
15098 ;;;*** | |
15099 | |
15100 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
15101 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
15102 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char) | |
25998 | 15103 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275)) |
25876 | 15104 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
15105 | |
15106 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
15107 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
15108 | |
15109 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\ | |
15110 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil) | |
15111 | |
15112 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
15113 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
15114 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
15115 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
15116 | |
15117 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
15118 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
15119 | |
15120 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
15121 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
15122 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
15123 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
15124 | |
15125 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
15126 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
15127 | |
15128 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15129 | |
15130 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15131 | |
15132 ;;;*** | |
15133 | |
15134 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
15135 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
27949 | 15136 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14485 |
15137 ;;;;;; 65350)) | |
25876 | 15138 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
15139 | |
15140 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
15141 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
15142 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
15143 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
15144 | |
15145 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
15146 | |
15147 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
15148 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
15149 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15150 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15151 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15152 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15153 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15154 | |
15155 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15156 | |
15157 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
15158 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
15159 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
15160 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15161 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15162 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15163 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15164 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15165 | |
15166 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15167 | |
15168 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
15169 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
15170 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
15171 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15172 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15173 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15174 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15175 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15176 | |
15177 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15178 | |
15179 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
15180 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
15181 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15182 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15183 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15184 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15185 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15186 | |
15187 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
15188 | |
15189 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
15190 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
15191 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
15192 | |
15193 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
15194 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
15195 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
15196 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15197 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15198 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15199 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15200 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15201 | |
15202 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
15203 | |
15204 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
15205 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
15206 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
15207 | |
15208 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
15209 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
15210 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
15211 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15212 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15213 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15214 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15215 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15216 | |
15217 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
15218 | |
15219 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
15220 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
15221 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
15222 | |
15223 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
15224 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
27949 | 15225 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. |
25876 | 15226 |
15227 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
15228 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
15229 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
15230 read-only. | |
15231 \\<view-mode-map> | |
15232 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
15233 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
15234 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
15235 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
15236 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
15237 | |
15238 H, h, ? This message. | |
15239 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
15240 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
15241 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
15242 > move to the end of buffer. | |
15243 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
27949 | 15244 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. |
15245 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | |
15246 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | |
15247 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | |
15248 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
15249 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
15250 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
15251 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | |
15252 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
15253 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | |
15254 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | |
15255 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | |
25876 | 15256 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. |
15257 Use this to view a changing file. | |
15258 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
15259 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
15260 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
15261 . set the mark. | |
15262 x exchanges point and mark. | |
15263 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
15264 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
15265 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
15266 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
15267 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
15268 s do forward incremental search. | |
15269 r do reverse incremental search. | |
15270 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
15271 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
15272 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
15273 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
15274 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
15275 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
15276 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
15277 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
15278 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
15279 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
15280 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
15281 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
15282 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
15283 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
15284 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
15285 | |
15286 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
27949 | 15287 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame |
15288 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | |
15289 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | |
15290 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | |
15291 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | |
15292 will return to that buffer. | |
25876 | 15293 |
15294 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15295 | |
15296 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
15297 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
15298 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
15299 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
15300 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
15301 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
15302 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
15303 | |
15304 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
15305 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
15306 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
15307 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
15308 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
15309 1) nil Do nothing. | |
15310 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
15311 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
15312 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
27949 | 15313 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. |
25876 | 15314 |
15315 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15316 | |
15317 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
15318 | |
15319 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
15320 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
15321 | |
15322 ;;;*** | |
15323 | |
25998 | 15324 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703)) |
25876 | 15325 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
15326 | |
15327 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
15328 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
15329 | |
15330 ;;;*** | |
15331 | |
15332 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
27949 | 15333 ;;;;;; (14522 27540)) |
25876 | 15334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
15335 | |
15336 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
15337 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
26724 | 15338 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
25876 | 15339 |
15340 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
15341 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
15342 | |
15343 ;;;*** | |
15344 | |
25998 | 15345 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012)) |
25876 | 15346 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el |
15347 | |
15348 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
15349 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
15350 | |
15351 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
15352 hotlist. | |
15353 | |
15354 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
15355 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
15356 | |
15357 ;;;*** | |
15358 | |
15359 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func" | |
25998 | 15360 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928)) |
25876 | 15361 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
15362 | |
15363 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\ | |
15364 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally. | |
15365 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15366 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.") | |
15367 | |
15368 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15369 | |
15370 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func)) | |
15371 | |
15372 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode)) | |
15373 | |
15374 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
15375 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | |
15376 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
15377 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
15378 | |
15379 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, | |
15380 and off otherwise." t nil) | |
15381 | |
15382 ;;;*** | |
15383 | |
25998 | 15384 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region |
15385 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" | |
27949 | 15386 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999)) |
25998 | 15387 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
15388 | |
15389 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | |
15390 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer: | |
15391 | |
15392 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
15393 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
15394 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
15395 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
15396 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
15397 | |
15398 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
15399 and: | |
15400 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
15401 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
15402 | |
15403 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
15404 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil) | |
15405 | |
15406 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
15407 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
15408 | |
15409 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
15410 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
15411 | |
15412 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
15413 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil) | |
15414 | |
15415 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ | |
15416 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
15417 | |
15418 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
15419 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
15420 | |
15421 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
15422 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
15423 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
15424 replaced with TABS). | |
15425 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
15426 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
15427 | |
15428 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
15429 | |
26724 | 15430 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
15431 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
25998 | 15432 |
15433 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
15434 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
15435 l - Leading whitespace. | |
15436 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
15437 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
15438 | |
15439 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
26724 | 15440 !<y>. |
25998 | 15441 |
15442 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
15443 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
15444 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost | |
15445 always they default to 8.) | |
15446 | |
15447 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to | |
15448 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or | |
15449 even print it. | |
15450 | |
15451 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
15452 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
15453 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these | |
15454 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
15455 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
15456 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between | |
15457 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
15458 to set smarttab.) | |
15459 | |
15460 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
15461 merge problems. | |
15462 | |
15463 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
15464 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any | |
15465 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil) | |
15466 | |
15467 ;;;*** | |
15468 | |
25876 | 15469 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
25998 | 15470 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813)) |
25876 | 15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
15472 | |
15473 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15474 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
15475 | |
15476 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15477 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
15478 | |
15479 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15480 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
15481 | |
15482 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15483 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
15484 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
15485 | |
15486 ;;;*** | |
15487 | |
15488 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
27949 | 15489 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14508 6458)) |
25876 | 15490 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
15491 | |
15492 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
15493 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
15494 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
15495 | |
15496 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
15497 Create widget of TYPE. | |
15498 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) | |
15499 | |
15500 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
15501 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
15502 | |
15503 ;;;*** | |
15504 | |
27545 | 15505 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right |
15506 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485 | |
27949 | 15507 ;;;;;; 64331)) |
27545 | 15508 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el |
15509 | |
15510 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | |
15511 Select the window to the left of the current one. | |
15512 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
15513 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
15514 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | |
15515 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
15516 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
15517 | |
15518 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | |
15519 Select the window above the current one. | |
15520 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | |
15521 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | |
15522 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | |
15523 negative ARG) of the current window. | |
15524 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
15525 | |
15526 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | |
15527 Select the window to the right of the current one. | |
15528 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
15529 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | |
15530 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | |
15531 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
15532 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
15533 | |
15534 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | |
15535 Select the window below the current one. | |
15536 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
15537 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
15538 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | |
15539 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
15540 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
15541 | |
15542 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | |
15543 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil) | |
15544 | |
15545 ;;;*** | |
15546 | |
25876 | 15547 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" |
25998 | 15548 ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
25876 | 15549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
15550 | |
15551 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
15552 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
15553 | |
15554 BUGS: | |
15555 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
15556 are not implemented | |
15557 - Options for search and replace | |
15558 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
15559 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
15560 | |
15561 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
15562 Emacs-like. | |
15563 | |
15564 The key bindings are: | |
15565 | |
15566 C-a backward-word | |
15567 C-b fill-paragraph | |
15568 C-c scroll-up-line | |
15569 C-d forward-char | |
15570 C-e previous-line | |
15571 C-f forward-word | |
15572 C-g delete-char | |
15573 C-h backward-char | |
15574 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
15575 C-j help-for-help | |
15576 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
15577 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
15578 C-n open-line | |
15579 C-p quoted-insert | |
15580 C-r scroll-down-line | |
15581 C-s backward-char | |
15582 C-t kill-word | |
15583 C-u keyboard-quit | |
15584 C-v overwrite-mode | |
15585 C-w scroll-down | |
15586 C-x next-line | |
15587 C-y kill-complete-line | |
15588 C-z scroll-up | |
15589 | |
15590 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
15591 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
15592 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
15593 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
15594 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
15595 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
15596 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
15597 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
15598 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
15599 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
15600 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
15601 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
15602 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
15603 C-k f find-file | |
15604 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
15605 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
15606 C-k k ws-end-block | |
15607 C-k p ws-print-block | |
15608 C-k q kill-emacs | |
15609 C-k r insert-file | |
15610 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
15611 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
15612 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
15613 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
15614 C-k v ws-move-block | |
15615 C-k w ws-write-block | |
15616 C-k x kill-emacs | |
15617 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
15618 | |
15619 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
15620 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
15621 C-o j justify-current-line | |
15622 C-o k kill-buffer | |
15623 C-o l list-buffers | |
15624 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
15625 C-o r set-fill-column | |
15626 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
15627 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
15628 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
15629 C-o wo other-window | |
15630 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
15631 | |
15632 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
15633 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
15634 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
15635 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
15636 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
15637 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
15638 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
15639 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
15640 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
15641 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
15642 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
15643 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
15644 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
15645 C-q d end-of-line | |
15646 C-q f ws-search | |
15647 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
15648 C-q l ws-undo | |
15649 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
15650 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
15651 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
15652 C-q w ws-last-error | |
15653 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
15654 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
15655 " t nil) | |
15656 | |
15657 ;;;*** | |
15658 | |
27949 | 15659 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516 |
15660 ;;;;;; 149)) | |
25876 | 15661 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el |
15662 | |
15663 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
15664 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
15665 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
15666 | |
15667 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
15668 | |
15669 ;;;*** | |
15670 | |
15671 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
25998 | 15672 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571)) |
25876 | 15673 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
15674 | |
15675 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
15676 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
15677 | |
15678 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
15679 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
15680 | |
15681 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
15682 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
15683 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
15684 | |
15685 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
15686 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
15687 | |
15688 ;;;*** | |
15689 | |
15690 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" | |
25998 | 15691 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513)) |
25876 | 15692 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el |
15693 | |
15694 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
15695 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
15696 | |
25998 | 15697 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
15698 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
15699 | |
15700 Zone-mode does two things: | |
15701 | |
15702 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
15703 when saving the file | |
15704 | |
15705 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 15706 |
15707 ;;;*** | |
15708 | |
15709 ;;; Local Variables: | |
15710 ;;; version-control: never | |
15711 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
15712 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
15713 ;;; End: | |
15714 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |